Insidious Meme

SOC vs TEAM – 01-11-2023

SOC vs TEAM - 01-11-2023

SOC vs TEAM - 01-11-2023

Episode Summary:

"SOC vs Team" by Clif High, published on January 11, 2024, is an extensive discussion covering various topics including weather events, societal changes, the impact of authority, and significant shifts in global and individual perceptions.

Clif High begins by describing extreme weather conditions he's experienced, highlighting the intensity of storms with two inches of rain in seven and a half hours and winds up to 110 miles per hour. This personal anecdote leads into a broader discussion about societal changes, particularly focusing on the concept of "hyper novelty." High explains that this phenomenon signifies a period where traditional forms of authority and control, symbolized by the "Elohim worship cult," are losing their grip on society, leading to a radical shift in how people perceive and interact with the world around them.

He argues that individuals heavily schooled and those with higher academic achievements are likely to struggle the most during this transition. Their reliance on established authorities and institutions for validation makes them vulnerable in a world where these traditional forms of legitimacy are questioned or even dismissed. High uses Bret Weinstein, an evolutionary biologist, as an example. He describes Weinstein's slow realization and acceptance of various global issues, such as the COVID-19 pandemic being used as a tool for depopulation and tyranny, as a case of someone deeply ingrained in academic thinking having trouble adjusting to new realities.

The discussion moves towards the impact of vaccines, particularly the COVID-19 vaccine. High voices concerns about the vaccine's safety and effectiveness, mentioning personal interactions with medical professionals who are beginning to question their prior trust in big pharmaceutical companies and the healthcare system. He suggests that many of these professionals are now facing a crisis of faith in their institutions and are slowly starting to rely more on their judgment rather than external authority.

High also delves into political and social turmoil, citing unrest in various parts of the world, including Ecuador, and predicts a global shift towards rejecting traditional forms of governance and authority. He envisions a future where individuals no longer recognize or accept the legitimacy of entities like the World Health Organization (WHO) or the United Nations (UN). This prediction is part of a broader theme in his discussion, emphasizing the decline of traditional sources of authority and the rise of individual autonomy.

The narrative touches on the concept of "hypernovelty" impacting academic institutions and how they might struggle to adapt to a world where their authority is no longer taken for granted. High discusses how societal changes, such as the refusal of parents to send their children to colleges that enforce COVID-19 vaccinations, are signs of this declining trust in institutions.

Towards the end of the discussion, High shifts focus to the moon, suggesting that there is significant activity and possibly a war happening there. He encourages listeners to observe the moon with telescopes, claiming that there are visible signs of this activity. This part of the discussion adds a layer of speculative thought to his narrative, blending observable societal changes with more unconventional ideas.

In conclusion, Clif High's "SOC vs Team" is a complex tapestry of personal anecdotes, societal observations, predictions, and speculative ideas. It challenges listeners to reconsider their perceptions of authority and control, urging a move towards individual autonomy and skepticism towards traditional institutions.

#ClifHigh #HyperNovelty #Authority #Autonomy #ClifHigh #WeatherEvents #Academia #COVID19 #Vaccines #BigPharma #BretWeinstein #GlobalUnrest #SocietalShift #ElohimWorshipCult #Institutions #IndividualJudgment #WHO #UN #MoonActivity #Speculation #TraditionalGovernance #Skepticism #PoliticalTurmoil #SelfAutonomy #HealthcareSystem #CrisisOfFaith #MoonWar #ObservableChanges #SpeculativeIdeas #SocietalObservations #PersonalAnecdotes #TraditionalInstitutions #IndividualPerceptions #GlobalShift #MoonObservations #RejectingAuthority

Key Takeaways:
  • Hyper novelty is leading to a decline in traditional forms of authority and a rise in individual autonomy.
  • Clif High discusses the struggles of academics, like Bret Weinstein, in adapting to new societal realities.
  • There is a growing skepticism towards institutions like the WHO and big pharma, especially regarding COVID-19 vaccines.
  • Political and social unrest are signs of global shifts away from traditional forms of governance.
  • High speculates about significant activities and possible warfare on the moon, visible through telescopes.
  • The narrative blends personal experiences with broader societal observations, urging a reevaluation of authority.
Predictions:
  • Traditional forms of authority, like the WHO and UN, will continue to lose legitimacy and influence.
  • Academic institutions will struggle to adapt to a world where their authority is questioned.
  • Individuals will increasingly rely on their judgment rather than external authority, leading to a crisis of faith in institutions.
  • There will be a global shift towards rejecting traditional governance, evident in various parts of the world.
  • Significant events or activities on the moon may become more observable and potentially impactful to Earth.
Key Players:
  • Clif High - Author
  • Bret Weinstein - Evolutionary Biologist
  • World Health Organization (WHO)
  • United Nations (UN)
  • Elohim Worship Cult
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

SOC vs TEAM - 01-11-2023

Hello, humans. Hello, humans. It's January the 11th. Yeah, and it's a little after nine in the morning. Getting a late start because of the weather.

Have a lot of chores to do, too, so gonna be a long morning. Might typical shopping expedition here is 138.8 miles. My car tells me that that's round trip on all of this stuff. And that's the usual if I've got to go and do house kind of stuff, dropping off paperwork or signing or doing things like that for the county and these kind of things, it can add a lot more mileage. Anyway, so terrible storms these last few days.

The other day, we had two inches of rain in about seven and a half hours. Really flooding down. Huge winds here, 110 miles an hour in snow. Qualmy falls pass up here.

That's a lot of miles per hour for your winds. We were getting 50 and gusts of 60 down here on the coast. So it's a fierce storm heading inland. It's going to really cause problems for all the people in the midwest. If the cold comes down, you guys are going to just get dumped.

Huge pineapple Express. We have not experienced anything this fierce in these last five years. We've lived here on the coast almost six years now. So just incredible amount of rain and wind and stuff just coming down everywhere, trees all over. I had to get out and clean up the debris off the driveway just to get the cars out this morning.

And we had already had to change around schedules and stuff just because of the storms and what was going on. Anyway, so we're into this period of hyper novelty. A lot of the wu people are starting to recognize it. They're saying, oh, look at all the stuff that's coming out. We're losing all these authorities.

And so now understand that hyper novelty is something that we've never experienced in our lives, because we've been always living under the octopus of control by the Elohim worship cult, controlling the whole planet. And so there's always been this idea of, and I'm going to put it in quotes here, air quotes, authority, okay? The author, the creator of it, the author, that's what that means, is creator. The artist gives permission or gives validation. Okay?

So that's what authority means. It is validation by the author or validation of the author's work, et cetera. Right? But you can rely on it. And so what's happening now is that reliability, that authority is falling off to the side.

And this makes people's minds, especially those people that are intensely schooled. Okay? So the more schooling you've gone through, the more higher degree, et cetera, et cetera, the more this is going to impact you. And it's going to impact you in ways that are so subtle you may die before you recognize the effects on you. Holy crud.

Well, looks like the electrical line. People are going to be out here. There's a bunch of them that have popped off this pole and are just dangling there. Anyway, one of the cross braces broke in the winds. Oh, there's a truck down the road.

Anyway, okay. Anyway, so people that are phds and so on, they are going to do things, and then they're going to be very shocked about the response that they get. Okay, so this is kind of like Bret Weinstein. Okay? So Bret Weinstein has this.

He comes to this conclusion. It takes him three fucking years to come to the conclusion that the who, the COVID all of this shit is a depopulation agenda for tyranny. All right? So it took him all this time to come to that conclusion, and he gets on Tucker Carlson. Now bear in mind, we were talking about this in January of 2020.

Get your vitamins together. Get your shit together. This is not legit. Don't take the fucking shots.

So as an academic, he had to have authority behind him. He doesn't have faith in his own conclusions, so to speak, unless it's something that he's been schooled to think about. And so it's that schooling part of this that's going to really fuck up all of these people with the hypernobility. So Bret Weinstein gets on Tucker. He has this big interview.

He has an OD. And unfortunate for him, choice of words, which is that he was talking about how he calls it Goliath, okay? The Elohim worship cult. It's this goliath that sits on the planet. And it's not really a goliath.

It's not a giant. It's lots and lots of little, tiny, small minded psychopaths, and they're sociopaths that support them. There's a lot of the fuckers. But it's not giant. We don't have anything to fear from it.

This is not. And Weinstein's Jewish. And, I don't know, he's defaulting back to some kind of a biblical reference, right? The slaying of the giants. Now, look how ironic that is that he's an evolutionary biologist and denies the existence of giants.

He denies that there are all these other species of humans, of hominids on this planet. He won't address it because of what it does to his understanding, right? It removes authority from him when there are conflicts to the authority that he lives by. And he lives by this authority that he was taught in this school, that his mind was codified and rigidified and constrained by this method of thinking. And in the ordinary course of events in his life, it's been perfectly fine.

And he's been up on a top dog know, gaining status and superiority and all of this kind of shit. And then it all came crashing down in the cultural revolution here in Washington state. He gets thrown out of evergreen. And now he's come to this conclusion over these years that all the other people that were deinstitutionalized, okay, what he calls, I think he called them, like, original or they were able to think, right? They're self referencing in their thinking, and they were all kicked out of the institutions.

And he says, oh, well, that makes a, quote, dream team of people to fight the Goliath. Because all of these academics who are now deinstitutionalized will join up together, even though they're mainly loners. And he admits this, right? That it's the loners, the iconoclasts, that are really the free thinkers. And he says that these were kicked out of the institutions and these are all going to bind together into this group, and it's going to be a dream team for fighting Goliath.

And he got tons of shit for it. Tons of shit, right? And he does not even recognize the offense that he gave to everybody with his statement because another tree down.

So because he's making the assumption that he's still working within the academic framework. Oh, it's good that all these academics got kicked out because now they'll all band together and form some new kind of an academy and go after the Goliath. And he doesn't understand that this is the removal of authority. This is hyper novelty. We won't be doing those kind of things.

And so it just has totally missed his mind. He does not understand how he insulted everybody who's not an academic, who's been fighting for this, on this shit for all these years. So I found it very personally offensive. I don't take umbrage at it, but it is offensive because I've been fighting this shit since November 22, 1960. Fucking three.

And he's going to say that, oh, the dream team. And it's all these fucking academics. No, let us point out that none of those academics would have been deinstitutionalized had they gone their regular route and just simply been compliant. Right? They were usually compliant.

They were deep into academia. They were codified, stratified, accredited, et cetera, et cetera. And so they were like, hyper normies. And he thinks the hyper normies are going to take on Goliath. No, Britt, I'm sorry, guy.

You're just missing it totally. And then he gets on to how he sort of tried to engage and sort of tried to apologize to some of these people to clarify what he was meaning, and he still missed it. He still missed that. We're not pissed about him saying a dream team. That excludes us.

We're pissed about him saying dream team, which it does exclude us because we're not academics, but we're pissed that he fails to understand that academia is part of the problem. A lot of these fuckers that are on his dream team were quite happy to cooperate with the Elohim worship cult, the WEF. The mother wefers, and create the exact situation that we've got. Now, bear in mind that it's academics that have done all this fucking shit to us, right? All the academics that are in positions of power that created and put the spike protein onto coronavirus and did all of this.

All of these people using the. Beating us about the head with the anvil of science were all fucking academics. And he just does not grasp this, right.

He's just not a pirate kind of guy, in my opinion. He just does not have any faith in his own mental acuity outside of the level of training that he's got. And that's probably why it took him three fucking years to come to all of these conclusions.

And the conclusions missed the mark. Okay, so hyper novelty is going to be really hard on Brett. It's going to be worse on those people that are still trapped within academia because they still look to the institution as their authority. And all of these things stem from the Elohim worship cult, from us having been abused for thousands of fucking years, depending on how we interpret some of this. Well, we know for sure that the Jews have been abused for 2000 solid years under the reign of Yahweh and his ilk, right?

Lord Yahweh. And that's how they put it in the Bible. And that's how it is in the Torah, all right? It is not Yahweh, Lord God of all. It is Lord Yahweh or Colonel Yahweh, all right?

It's a rank. It's not a state of being anyway.

So all these people that are academics will have no authority. So if Bret comes and says some conclusion about some science thing. Now I'll have to, Bret, you know, all of the institutions and all of the papers, all the peer reviewed, peer reviewed is fucked too, by the way, because you allow the stupidest person in the collective to decide whether or not your paper is valid. And it's like, fuck no, it's valid or it's not. I don't need to have it reviewed by a bunch of dumb shits to see.

And also, by the way, just getting back to this real quick, we now know that all these academic institutions, especially all the gender studies and all of these fuckers are so stupid that they publish bogus papers, that there's a group out there submitting, deliberately submitting papers that are 100% bogus. All you got to do is read them and you'll see how wacky and stupid they are. And nobody ever does because they're accepted for publication just because they've got the right credentialism around them. Anyway, so Bret and all of his ilk are going to be very upset by the lack of authority. And it's going to be kind of know, the sheriff shows up or the state patrol shows up at your house and you tell them, no, I'm not going to let you arrest me.

You guys go away. You have no authority. Our governor is invalid. He was not elected. He was selected by George Soros.

And I refuse to recognize any authority from you fuckers. And you can arrest me and I will do everything I can to prevent you. And I'll take it up to the point where no one gets hurt, but I'll resist. And then after I've resisted, I will do everything in my power to gain advantage over you within our corrupted legal system by all means necessary. You have no authority.

You do not have the authority to make these demands of me or to insist on any of this stuff. I'm just not complying. So I'm a pain in the ass and I'm going to be a real problem for you fuckers anyway. So we're seeing this all over. This lack of authority is going to really hurt a lot of people in a lot of academically controlled industries.

So I've run into this with my blood work, right? So I go in and I get tested every two months and I have the blood drawn and so I can check for all these markers, right? No, it's not because I have cancer. It is because I had cancer. And I want to make sure that it's not coming back, right?

That I've got everything dialed in as best I can.

And also, people live longer if they give blood anyway, though. So seven years longer on average than the rest of your cohort. So I go in, into this phlebotomist and area here in Grace Harbor county at the hospital, and I was talking with one of the nurses, and I was talking about all the people, just made a casual reference to all the people that have died and how one third of all people that had the shots have neuropathic incidents, right? Or they develop a neuropathy, some kind of a neuro problem somewhere. And anyway, so the nurse there said, well, damn.

And he said it like this. He said, I sure hope that's not the case because I took two shots. And that's what he said. Now, on those kind of people, I just won't press. I told him, I said, in my opinion, the very next thing I said was, in my opinion, you need to be taking natokinase to clear your vessels at a bare minimum.

And you should get online and look at these protocols for getting that shit out of you. And then I just let it drop, right? Because I don't want to cause worry on this guy's mind, but he's a Normie, a deep normie, regular kind of Normie family man kind of thing. And now he's questioning his institution that he works for and the big pharma that they made him take the shot from, and he is aware of the damage. And I didn't have to bring it up.

I mean, he knew he had that attitude. He's worried about this shit. He knows that there's something wrong. And so it's coming up to the point where he will soon acknowledge that openly and will want to discuss it, because he's a proactive kind of guy, and he'll want to do things to try and remove this material from his body. So he'll want to take action.

But in order for him to take action, understand that he has to break that authority in his mind that said that that shot was safe and effective, and he works for that authority. So it's really rough on him. And we got a lot of nurses going through that. But he also had to acknowledge, 21 nurses have died in our county, okay? Because they took that fucking shot and they died in their sleep, or they were driving along and they died, whatever, right?

So 21 of them that he's aware of have kicked the bucket. They've gone to their reward by way of the Elohim worship cult. They were murdered. And so he now has to contend with this. Well, now another tree down.

So I'm seeing it around me in the normies, right? The breakdown of authority is starting on some of these normies. It's terribly, terribly hard because they work for the authority. They accepted the shot. They need to believe that it's not going to harm them, because then they've got to start taking action, and then they're going to sweat every single fucking day of the rest of their lives.

And that's the situation they're in now. Bret Weinstein's issue, okay, so this guy with hyper novelty, my nurse fellow, he's low enough and he's got enough of a focus of him just staying alive that he will start shifting his respect for authority from the assholes that made him get the shot over to his own understanding of things and start accepting more of his own conclusions. As authoritarian, so to speak. Right? As valid against any other authority.

And he'll stand up for it once he starts feeling better as a result of taking supplements and so on. So next time I go on in, I'm going to load the guy up, right? I'm just going to say, you can take it or not. I'll just leave it here. I don't give a shit.

You throw it away, I don't care. But this shit will help you. Here's the protocol. Go look this up online. And here's some of the material.

I'll give him natokinase. I'll give him some Quercetan, which is the antispike zinc ionophore. I'll make sure he's got balanced zinc with Copper in it and a couple of other items relative to getting rid of this shit, right? Anyway, so now Bret Weinstein does not have this problem. As far as we know, he didn't get the know, and they were talking against it this whole time, trying to puzzle it all out.

He and his wife are both academics, so he didn't even have the benefit of having an iconoclast in the family to come on up and jog his thinking. So they had to work through it in this stayed academic fashion of having authority behind each and every one of the steps in order that they might feel that the steps are valid, that the conclusions are valid, each point along the line. Whereas the woo people, we rely on intuitives, all right? Knowledge that has no direct source, it doesn't have an authority on the other side of it, and it's just something, you know. And so I knew I was not going to take that fucking shot, that they were trying to kill people with it.

And now even Brett says 17 million, and my thinking is closer to 35 million, all right? And there are some places where they'll acknowledge 21 million dead, but as I say, I think it's closer to 35 million. And they're dropping like mad in India now from this.

Anyway. So hyper novelty is going to hit these people because it's going to pull the rug of authority out from underneath them. The state is no authority. The government and people that Soros selects for you to vote for, to get into power, they're not authorities. They have no absolute, sure, certain knowledge.

And if you keep going back, we're now going to remove the ultimate authority, which is the Elohim. So we have the academia, because the Jews needed organizations in order to control people, and so they came up with this. So understand that the Elohim are organizational animals, right? In ways that we cannot conceive. Because these guys, these Elohim have been, they have incredibly long lives.

So their organizational structures might persist for 20 or 30,000 years, and look at how inculcated and rigidified and constrained and so forth those will be at the end of that period of time.

Um, good coffee. With the storms and stuff, it's difficult to sleep, the house shaking from the winds, that kind of thing. Anyway, so are academics lacking authority for anything? How are they going to exist? How will they function?

Well, we know that the institutions won't function. Already we're seeing signs that people are keeping their kids out of schools, right? That a lot of people said to their kids, no, I'm sorry, you're 18 and you want to go to college, you've been accepted. But I'm not letting you go because those fuckers are going to make you take this death shot. And so I know kids that were rebelling against that, right?

Terrible, terrible, sad situation, too, of woman who told her 18 year old son, no, you can't do this. And he got in his mind, oh, look, it's the shot that's preventing me from doing this. So he went and got a shot at a local pharmacy, and he was dead. Three weeks later, he's out of shape. He's in terrible shape.

I mean, he was obese, although not morbidly so, but working at it. And boy, boom, three weeks later, 21 days, he's dead. So anyway, so that fixed it right there, guys. So anyway, the colleges are going to be failing in any case, now that they're kicking the students out in order to house the invaders, we'll be shooting the invaders in the college. I actually like this idea that we're putting all of these guys, all these invaders, in centralized locations, it's just going to make it easier for us to come and get them, which we're going to do so.

And there won't be an authority of the state to tell you you can't. Right? So it's going to be just chaotic as fuck here as we go forward. There is the small possibility that we could get a major sociopolitical upset that would derail the path that we're on within the hyperspace. But all the temporal markers are lining up, supporting the forecast that my data made even as far back as 2008 or 2005.

And throughout that entire period of time, it saw the great invasion of Europe by the migrants, the data set. And it said that in Europe it's going to all start in Sweden, that they're going to go. Basically, the Swedes will go to war with the migrants. There will be deaths on both sides and the migrants, the invaders will be ultimately slaughtered and driven back. They'll be driven literally walking.

They're not going to put these guys on planes or give them cars or anything. These people will be walking to flee. This will be a little bit later in winter, but it'll still be winter conditions. They'll be walking out of Sweden. They'll have to fight their way through Norway, they'll have to fight their way down through Denmark, through Germany and so on, because these guys are going to be pushed out no matter where they go.

There's going to be a war erupting in Germany against the invaders. It's going to be chaotic as fuck, and it'll be this way for a number of years. And we're going to have that war here in the United States as well, in North America, rather, let me just put it that way. But all this is all not stemming from all participating in our period of hypernovely, where no authority will exist. And that's going to, you know, somebody pops up and says, I'm from the who, and I'm going to say, I'm armed, get the fuck off my property.

I don't accept the who as being any kind of authority, or the UN. If you're on my soil and you're wearing a Un uniform and you're carrying weapons and you have a blue helmet on, and you think you're going to impose your order, your commands on us, well, a lot of you fuckers are going to die. We're just not going to take it. We're not going to be compliant, we're not going to accept this and we're hardened. And now we know that these fuckers are trying to kill us.

This is all self evident. And now the media is no longer even able to deny a lot of this.

And we see the panic in the know. They're so afraid of Donald Trump coming back. Well, yeah, because we're going to undo their world order. The new world order is getting its shit kicked out of know Big Mike Edward Robinson Vaughn has every reason to fear. He's done lots and lots and lots of crimes.

And so all these people are, they're going to have an accounting and to a certain extent it's a good time because we will have that accounting. 2024 is going to be one of the years of justice. It's going to take us a long time, so take maybe five or ten years to work through all this shit. And in the meantime, of course, we're going to have a total lack of hierarchical authority. And so it will seem chaotic and mob driven.

And this is what really is freaking out the academics. So, like, when the mobs came for Brett Weinstein, he was apparently able to talk to some of the individuals. And that's really a stupid way to approach a mob. You just get the fuck out of the way and deal with it later when you're not at risk, right, when you're outnumbered, that way you don't stop and try and talk to your enemies to talk them down, and you're not going to be able to change those minds. And he's an idiot anyway because he lived in that culture and he didn't see it developing around him.

So his ability to have accurate conclusions and far reaching judgments based on a combination of intuition and factual on the ground knowledge is somewhat limited, in my opinion. Right. But he's a good normie for me to use as a linguistic temporal marker, because as his language changes, he is reflecting a leading edge, although it's not very leading, of academic minds. And that's what's going to be first at risk here as we go into hyper novelty, will be the undoing of all the academic minds. And we'll see.

People will hold up various different journals and such, as being, quote, authorities. It's like, fuck, there ain't no authority. These people have been lying to us for hundreds of years. Academia has no fucking credibility at all. Each and every individual study needs to be examined on all the particulars to decide where they fucked up, because most of them are fucked up.

So hypernovelty is going to hit a lot of the institutional people really fucking hard, okay? Whether they're living and working in the institution in a minor role and having to believe in the authority of the institution and its reason for existence, or whether they're deep into the academia and thinking that there is authority there, all of this shit's getting upended. It is upended. Now. It's just going to take us a long time before the normies experience this unending.

Right, this upending. Now we've a revolution going on in Ecuador again. It's a turning over of authority, and it's going to proceed all the way through. And of course, in the middle of all of this, we've got the Elohim coming back and all of the activity on the moon. There really does look like there's some kind of major war going on on the moon.

If you get out, I haven't had much opportunity for the last, like, seven days because of storms. But if you get out at night and you look at the moon and you've got a decent telescope, even it doesn't have to be a huge 400 magnifier or anything. You can see activity on the moon with, like, even the amount of magnification you get from your cell phone when you take photos. So I know people that have just snapped photos of the full moon and caught activity in the process just because of the happenstance of when they push the button to take the picture, and it's really increasing. So we're going to have this particular evolution or appearance or unfolding, a manifestation, an emergence of a non authoritarian world.

And we've never lived in that, right? None of us humans have ever lived in that world. I was born into a world where academia and authority and all of this stuff existed and has held sway all of my life. Even though I knew, and at any given point, I was aware that, well, this is horseshit, this is bullshit. This all lies.

So why are these people going along with it? And I could never understand the compliant mindset, right? So I went to one episode, one instance of Sunday school when I was a kid, we were in Germany. There was some level of benefit for being a normal person, attending all of these things. You got to do the same thing as all the other people in your organization.

And so there was some benefit for my parents to go to church and stuff. They never did. My father thought it was a bunch of horseshit anyway. And they took me to Sunday school when we were trying to do this lend in, so to speak, get accommodated in the new base, because we're going to be there for three years at least. And so we wanted to ease in anyway, so they took me to Sunday school.

They thought that would be a good idea. I was really excited. I got all dressed up, I got to wear a suit, all of this kind of shit, right? I'm a little kid, and I went on in there and probably wasn't even five minutes, and I was fighting with the fucker that was telling me this shit because he was trying to get across the idea, and he just said, no, you can't think about it. You have to accept it.

And that's when things went south anyway, so it didn't work out too well. So one exposure to religion that way, active and so on. Ever since then, I've been investigating it because I thought even as a kid, ten years old, I thought, okay, this is really screwy. Why are these people believing this shit? It's not factual.

It's fairy tales. Anyway, so under the circumstances, I'm going to do well in hyper novelty. I am my own authority. My thoughts are self referentially secure that way. So I'm not particularly worried about it.

But all kinds of people are going to come unglued because they won't have that authority and they just won't know what to do. Look at how often in your life now someone just simply complies and puts out a statement of they're doing something because of, and then they state an authority because government tells me so, blah, blah, blah, right?

So I expect this year will be the year of the great tax revolt. I expect that the IRS is going to be in a world of hurt here relative to all of this because of the situation of the authority breaking down and the hatred for what the Biden regime is doing to America, to the US. And so it's going to be a fun year. Things are just going to go crazy. This is hyper novelty.

It's going to be all these people acting out. And remember, there's about a third of the population now that was hardcore and said, no, I ain't taking your fucking shots. Get away from me. Okay? That third is already living in a hyper novel world where they don't have that authority of big pharma, government, et cetera, et cetera.

And so it's a good cadre. So I agree with Britt Weinstein that way, that we have a good group, right? We're not a team, because a team requires organization, structure, authority, someone in charge, right? We are a group. We are a self organizing collective, which means there ain't no authority.

And nobody's voice has any more weight to it than anybody else's voice. Anyway, guys, take care. I'll do some more of these later. I got to get this shit done. At least it's not quite raining on me at the moment.



Previous Blog Posts:

View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


SOC vs TEAM – 01-11-2023

SOC vs TEAM - 01-11-2023

SOC vs TEAM - 01-11-2023

Episode Summary:

"SOC vs Team" by Clif High, published on January 11, 2024, is an extensive discussion covering various topics including weather events, societal changes, the impact of authority, and significant shifts in global and individual perceptions.

Clif High begins by describing extreme weather conditions he's experienced, highlighting the intensity of storms with two inches of rain in seven and a half hours and winds up to 110 miles per hour. This personal anecdote leads into a broader discussion about societal changes, particularly focusing on the concept of "hyper novelty." High explains that this phenomenon signifies a period where traditional forms of authority and control, symbolized by the "Elohim worship cult," are losing their grip on society, leading to a radical shift in how people perceive and interact with the world around them.

He argues that individuals heavily schooled and those with higher academic achievements are likely to struggle the most during this transition. Their reliance on established authorities and institutions for validation makes them vulnerable in a world where these traditional forms of legitimacy are questioned or even dismissed. High uses Bret Weinstein, an evolutionary biologist, as an example. He describes Weinstein's slow realization and acceptance of various global issues, such as the COVID-19 pandemic being used as a tool for depopulation and tyranny, as a case of someone deeply ingrained in academic thinking having trouble adjusting to new realities.

The discussion moves towards the impact of vaccines, particularly the COVID-19 vaccine. High voices concerns about the vaccine's safety and effectiveness, mentioning personal interactions with medical professionals who are beginning to question their prior trust in big pharmaceutical companies and the healthcare system. He suggests that many of these professionals are now facing a crisis of faith in their institutions and are slowly starting to rely more on their judgment rather than external authority.

High also delves into political and social turmoil, citing unrest in various parts of the world, including Ecuador, and predicts a global shift towards rejecting traditional forms of governance and authority. He envisions a future where individuals no longer recognize or accept the legitimacy of entities like the World Health Organization (WHO) or the United Nations (UN). This prediction is part of a broader theme in his discussion, emphasizing the decline of traditional sources of authority and the rise of individual autonomy.

The narrative touches on the concept of "hypernovelty" impacting academic institutions and how they might struggle to adapt to a world where their authority is no longer taken for granted. High discusses how societal changes, such as the refusal of parents to send their children to colleges that enforce COVID-19 vaccinations, are signs of this declining trust in institutions.

Towards the end of the discussion, High shifts focus to the moon, suggesting that there is significant activity and possibly a war happening there. He encourages listeners to observe the moon with telescopes, claiming that there are visible signs of this activity. This part of the discussion adds a layer of speculative thought to his narrative, blending observable societal changes with more unconventional ideas.

In conclusion, Clif High's "SOC vs Team" is a complex tapestry of personal anecdotes, societal observations, predictions, and speculative ideas. It challenges listeners to reconsider their perceptions of authority and control, urging a move towards individual autonomy and skepticism towards traditional institutions.

#ClifHigh #HyperNovelty #Authority #Autonomy #ClifHigh #WeatherEvents #Academia #COVID19 #Vaccines #BigPharma #BretWeinstein #GlobalUnrest #SocietalShift #ElohimWorshipCult #Institutions #IndividualJudgment #WHO #UN #MoonActivity #Speculation #TraditionalGovernance #Skepticism #PoliticalTurmoil #SelfAutonomy #HealthcareSystem #CrisisOfFaith #MoonWar #ObservableChanges #SpeculativeIdeas #SocietalObservations #PersonalAnecdotes #TraditionalInstitutions #IndividualPerceptions #GlobalShift #MoonObservations #RejectingAuthority

Key Takeaways:
  • Hyper novelty is leading to a decline in traditional forms of authority and a rise in individual autonomy.
  • Clif High discusses the struggles of academics, like Bret Weinstein, in adapting to new societal realities.
  • There is a growing skepticism towards institutions like the WHO and big pharma, especially regarding COVID-19 vaccines.
  • Political and social unrest are signs of global shifts away from traditional forms of governance.
  • High speculates about significant activities and possible warfare on the moon, visible through telescopes.
  • The narrative blends personal experiences with broader societal observations, urging a reevaluation of authority.
Predictions:
  • Traditional forms of authority, like the WHO and UN, will continue to lose legitimacy and influence.
  • Academic institutions will struggle to adapt to a world where their authority is questioned.
  • Individuals will increasingly rely on their judgment rather than external authority, leading to a crisis of faith in institutions.
  • There will be a global shift towards rejecting traditional governance, evident in various parts of the world.
  • Significant events or activities on the moon may become more observable and potentially impactful to Earth.
Key Players:
  • Clif High - Author
  • Bret Weinstein - Evolutionary Biologist
  • World Health Organization (WHO)
  • United Nations (UN)
  • Elohim Worship Cult
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

SOC vs TEAM - 01-11-2023

Hello, humans. Hello, humans. It's January the 11th. Yeah, and it's a little after nine in the morning. Getting a late start because of the weather.

Have a lot of chores to do, too, so gonna be a long morning. Might typical shopping expedition here is 138.8 miles. My car tells me that that's round trip on all of this stuff. And that's the usual if I've got to go and do house kind of stuff, dropping off paperwork or signing or doing things like that for the county and these kind of things, it can add a lot more mileage. Anyway, so terrible storms these last few days.

The other day, we had two inches of rain in about seven and a half hours. Really flooding down. Huge winds here, 110 miles an hour in snow. Qualmy falls pass up here.

That's a lot of miles per hour for your winds. We were getting 50 and gusts of 60 down here on the coast. So it's a fierce storm heading inland. It's going to really cause problems for all the people in the midwest. If the cold comes down, you guys are going to just get dumped.

Huge pineapple Express. We have not experienced anything this fierce in these last five years. We've lived here on the coast almost six years now. So just incredible amount of rain and wind and stuff just coming down everywhere, trees all over. I had to get out and clean up the debris off the driveway just to get the cars out this morning.

And we had already had to change around schedules and stuff just because of the storms and what was going on. Anyway, so we're into this period of hyper novelty. A lot of the wu people are starting to recognize it. They're saying, oh, look at all the stuff that's coming out. We're losing all these authorities.

And so now understand that hyper novelty is something that we've never experienced in our lives, because we've been always living under the octopus of control by the Elohim worship cult, controlling the whole planet. And so there's always been this idea of, and I'm going to put it in quotes here, air quotes, authority, okay? The author, the creator of it, the author, that's what that means, is creator. The artist gives permission or gives validation. Okay?

So that's what authority means. It is validation by the author or validation of the author's work, et cetera. Right? But you can rely on it. And so what's happening now is that reliability, that authority is falling off to the side.

And this makes people's minds, especially those people that are intensely schooled. Okay? So the more schooling you've gone through, the more higher degree, et cetera, et cetera, the more this is going to impact you. And it's going to impact you in ways that are so subtle you may die before you recognize the effects on you. Holy crud.

Well, looks like the electrical line. People are going to be out here. There's a bunch of them that have popped off this pole and are just dangling there. Anyway, one of the cross braces broke in the winds. Oh, there's a truck down the road.

Anyway, okay. Anyway, so people that are phds and so on, they are going to do things, and then they're going to be very shocked about the response that they get. Okay, so this is kind of like Bret Weinstein. Okay? So Bret Weinstein has this.

He comes to this conclusion. It takes him three fucking years to come to the conclusion that the who, the COVID all of this shit is a depopulation agenda for tyranny. All right? So it took him all this time to come to that conclusion, and he gets on Tucker Carlson. Now bear in mind, we were talking about this in January of 2020.

Get your vitamins together. Get your shit together. This is not legit. Don't take the fucking shots.

So as an academic, he had to have authority behind him. He doesn't have faith in his own conclusions, so to speak, unless it's something that he's been schooled to think about. And so it's that schooling part of this that's going to really fuck up all of these people with the hypernobility. So Bret Weinstein gets on Tucker. He has this big interview.

He has an OD. And unfortunate for him, choice of words, which is that he was talking about how he calls it Goliath, okay? The Elohim worship cult. It's this goliath that sits on the planet. And it's not really a goliath.

It's not a giant. It's lots and lots of little, tiny, small minded psychopaths, and they're sociopaths that support them. There's a lot of the fuckers. But it's not giant. We don't have anything to fear from it.

This is not. And Weinstein's Jewish. And, I don't know, he's defaulting back to some kind of a biblical reference, right? The slaying of the giants. Now, look how ironic that is that he's an evolutionary biologist and denies the existence of giants.

He denies that there are all these other species of humans, of hominids on this planet. He won't address it because of what it does to his understanding, right? It removes authority from him when there are conflicts to the authority that he lives by. And he lives by this authority that he was taught in this school, that his mind was codified and rigidified and constrained by this method of thinking. And in the ordinary course of events in his life, it's been perfectly fine.

And he's been up on a top dog know, gaining status and superiority and all of this kind of shit. And then it all came crashing down in the cultural revolution here in Washington state. He gets thrown out of evergreen. And now he's come to this conclusion over these years that all the other people that were deinstitutionalized, okay, what he calls, I think he called them, like, original or they were able to think, right? They're self referencing in their thinking, and they were all kicked out of the institutions.

And he says, oh, well, that makes a, quote, dream team of people to fight the Goliath. Because all of these academics who are now deinstitutionalized will join up together, even though they're mainly loners. And he admits this, right? That it's the loners, the iconoclasts, that are really the free thinkers. And he says that these were kicked out of the institutions and these are all going to bind together into this group, and it's going to be a dream team for fighting Goliath.

And he got tons of shit for it. Tons of shit, right? And he does not even recognize the offense that he gave to everybody with his statement because another tree down.

So because he's making the assumption that he's still working within the academic framework. Oh, it's good that all these academics got kicked out because now they'll all band together and form some new kind of an academy and go after the Goliath. And he doesn't understand that this is the removal of authority. This is hyper novelty. We won't be doing those kind of things.

And so it just has totally missed his mind. He does not understand how he insulted everybody who's not an academic, who's been fighting for this, on this shit for all these years. So I found it very personally offensive. I don't take umbrage at it, but it is offensive because I've been fighting this shit since November 22, 1960. Fucking three.

And he's going to say that, oh, the dream team. And it's all these fucking academics. No, let us point out that none of those academics would have been deinstitutionalized had they gone their regular route and just simply been compliant. Right? They were usually compliant.

They were deep into academia. They were codified, stratified, accredited, et cetera, et cetera. And so they were like, hyper normies. And he thinks the hyper normies are going to take on Goliath. No, Britt, I'm sorry, guy.

You're just missing it totally. And then he gets on to how he sort of tried to engage and sort of tried to apologize to some of these people to clarify what he was meaning, and he still missed it. He still missed that. We're not pissed about him saying a dream team. That excludes us.

We're pissed about him saying dream team, which it does exclude us because we're not academics, but we're pissed that he fails to understand that academia is part of the problem. A lot of these fuckers that are on his dream team were quite happy to cooperate with the Elohim worship cult, the WEF. The mother wefers, and create the exact situation that we've got. Now, bear in mind that it's academics that have done all this fucking shit to us, right? All the academics that are in positions of power that created and put the spike protein onto coronavirus and did all of this.

All of these people using the. Beating us about the head with the anvil of science were all fucking academics. And he just does not grasp this, right.

He's just not a pirate kind of guy, in my opinion. He just does not have any faith in his own mental acuity outside of the level of training that he's got. And that's probably why it took him three fucking years to come to all of these conclusions.

And the conclusions missed the mark. Okay, so hyper novelty is going to be really hard on Brett. It's going to be worse on those people that are still trapped within academia because they still look to the institution as their authority. And all of these things stem from the Elohim worship cult, from us having been abused for thousands of fucking years, depending on how we interpret some of this. Well, we know for sure that the Jews have been abused for 2000 solid years under the reign of Yahweh and his ilk, right?

Lord Yahweh. And that's how they put it in the Bible. And that's how it is in the Torah, all right? It is not Yahweh, Lord God of all. It is Lord Yahweh or Colonel Yahweh, all right?

It's a rank. It's not a state of being anyway.

So all these people that are academics will have no authority. So if Bret comes and says some conclusion about some science thing. Now I'll have to, Bret, you know, all of the institutions and all of the papers, all the peer reviewed, peer reviewed is fucked too, by the way, because you allow the stupidest person in the collective to decide whether or not your paper is valid. And it's like, fuck no, it's valid or it's not. I don't need to have it reviewed by a bunch of dumb shits to see.

And also, by the way, just getting back to this real quick, we now know that all these academic institutions, especially all the gender studies and all of these fuckers are so stupid that they publish bogus papers, that there's a group out there submitting, deliberately submitting papers that are 100% bogus. All you got to do is read them and you'll see how wacky and stupid they are. And nobody ever does because they're accepted for publication just because they've got the right credentialism around them. Anyway, so Bret and all of his ilk are going to be very upset by the lack of authority. And it's going to be kind of know, the sheriff shows up or the state patrol shows up at your house and you tell them, no, I'm not going to let you arrest me.

You guys go away. You have no authority. Our governor is invalid. He was not elected. He was selected by George Soros.

And I refuse to recognize any authority from you fuckers. And you can arrest me and I will do everything I can to prevent you. And I'll take it up to the point where no one gets hurt, but I'll resist. And then after I've resisted, I will do everything in my power to gain advantage over you within our corrupted legal system by all means necessary. You have no authority.

You do not have the authority to make these demands of me or to insist on any of this stuff. I'm just not complying. So I'm a pain in the ass and I'm going to be a real problem for you fuckers anyway. So we're seeing this all over. This lack of authority is going to really hurt a lot of people in a lot of academically controlled industries.

So I've run into this with my blood work, right? So I go in and I get tested every two months and I have the blood drawn and so I can check for all these markers, right? No, it's not because I have cancer. It is because I had cancer. And I want to make sure that it's not coming back, right?

That I've got everything dialed in as best I can.

And also, people live longer if they give blood anyway, though. So seven years longer on average than the rest of your cohort. So I go in, into this phlebotomist and area here in Grace Harbor county at the hospital, and I was talking with one of the nurses, and I was talking about all the people, just made a casual reference to all the people that have died and how one third of all people that had the shots have neuropathic incidents, right? Or they develop a neuropathy, some kind of a neuro problem somewhere. And anyway, so the nurse there said, well, damn.

And he said it like this. He said, I sure hope that's not the case because I took two shots. And that's what he said. Now, on those kind of people, I just won't press. I told him, I said, in my opinion, the very next thing I said was, in my opinion, you need to be taking natokinase to clear your vessels at a bare minimum.

And you should get online and look at these protocols for getting that shit out of you. And then I just let it drop, right? Because I don't want to cause worry on this guy's mind, but he's a Normie, a deep normie, regular kind of Normie family man kind of thing. And now he's questioning his institution that he works for and the big pharma that they made him take the shot from, and he is aware of the damage. And I didn't have to bring it up.

I mean, he knew he had that attitude. He's worried about this shit. He knows that there's something wrong. And so it's coming up to the point where he will soon acknowledge that openly and will want to discuss it, because he's a proactive kind of guy, and he'll want to do things to try and remove this material from his body. So he'll want to take action.

But in order for him to take action, understand that he has to break that authority in his mind that said that that shot was safe and effective, and he works for that authority. So it's really rough on him. And we got a lot of nurses going through that. But he also had to acknowledge, 21 nurses have died in our county, okay? Because they took that fucking shot and they died in their sleep, or they were driving along and they died, whatever, right?

So 21 of them that he's aware of have kicked the bucket. They've gone to their reward by way of the Elohim worship cult. They were murdered. And so he now has to contend with this. Well, now another tree down.

So I'm seeing it around me in the normies, right? The breakdown of authority is starting on some of these normies. It's terribly, terribly hard because they work for the authority. They accepted the shot. They need to believe that it's not going to harm them, because then they've got to start taking action, and then they're going to sweat every single fucking day of the rest of their lives.

And that's the situation they're in now. Bret Weinstein's issue, okay, so this guy with hyper novelty, my nurse fellow, he's low enough and he's got enough of a focus of him just staying alive that he will start shifting his respect for authority from the assholes that made him get the shot over to his own understanding of things and start accepting more of his own conclusions. As authoritarian, so to speak. Right? As valid against any other authority.

And he'll stand up for it once he starts feeling better as a result of taking supplements and so on. So next time I go on in, I'm going to load the guy up, right? I'm just going to say, you can take it or not. I'll just leave it here. I don't give a shit.

You throw it away, I don't care. But this shit will help you. Here's the protocol. Go look this up online. And here's some of the material.

I'll give him natokinase. I'll give him some Quercetan, which is the antispike zinc ionophore. I'll make sure he's got balanced zinc with Copper in it and a couple of other items relative to getting rid of this shit, right? Anyway, so now Bret Weinstein does not have this problem. As far as we know, he didn't get the know, and they were talking against it this whole time, trying to puzzle it all out.

He and his wife are both academics, so he didn't even have the benefit of having an iconoclast in the family to come on up and jog his thinking. So they had to work through it in this stayed academic fashion of having authority behind each and every one of the steps in order that they might feel that the steps are valid, that the conclusions are valid, each point along the line. Whereas the woo people, we rely on intuitives, all right? Knowledge that has no direct source, it doesn't have an authority on the other side of it, and it's just something, you know. And so I knew I was not going to take that fucking shot, that they were trying to kill people with it.

And now even Brett says 17 million, and my thinking is closer to 35 million, all right? And there are some places where they'll acknowledge 21 million dead, but as I say, I think it's closer to 35 million. And they're dropping like mad in India now from this.

Anyway. So hyper novelty is going to hit these people because it's going to pull the rug of authority out from underneath them. The state is no authority. The government and people that Soros selects for you to vote for, to get into power, they're not authorities. They have no absolute, sure, certain knowledge.

And if you keep going back, we're now going to remove the ultimate authority, which is the Elohim. So we have the academia, because the Jews needed organizations in order to control people, and so they came up with this. So understand that the Elohim are organizational animals, right? In ways that we cannot conceive. Because these guys, these Elohim have been, they have incredibly long lives.

So their organizational structures might persist for 20 or 30,000 years, and look at how inculcated and rigidified and constrained and so forth those will be at the end of that period of time.

Um, good coffee. With the storms and stuff, it's difficult to sleep, the house shaking from the winds, that kind of thing. Anyway, so are academics lacking authority for anything? How are they going to exist? How will they function?

Well, we know that the institutions won't function. Already we're seeing signs that people are keeping their kids out of schools, right? That a lot of people said to their kids, no, I'm sorry, you're 18 and you want to go to college, you've been accepted. But I'm not letting you go because those fuckers are going to make you take this death shot. And so I know kids that were rebelling against that, right?

Terrible, terrible, sad situation, too, of woman who told her 18 year old son, no, you can't do this. And he got in his mind, oh, look, it's the shot that's preventing me from doing this. So he went and got a shot at a local pharmacy, and he was dead. Three weeks later, he's out of shape. He's in terrible shape.

I mean, he was obese, although not morbidly so, but working at it. And boy, boom, three weeks later, 21 days, he's dead. So anyway, so that fixed it right there, guys. So anyway, the colleges are going to be failing in any case, now that they're kicking the students out in order to house the invaders, we'll be shooting the invaders in the college. I actually like this idea that we're putting all of these guys, all these invaders, in centralized locations, it's just going to make it easier for us to come and get them, which we're going to do so.

And there won't be an authority of the state to tell you you can't. Right? So it's going to be just chaotic as fuck here as we go forward. There is the small possibility that we could get a major sociopolitical upset that would derail the path that we're on within the hyperspace. But all the temporal markers are lining up, supporting the forecast that my data made even as far back as 2008 or 2005.

And throughout that entire period of time, it saw the great invasion of Europe by the migrants, the data set. And it said that in Europe it's going to all start in Sweden, that they're going to go. Basically, the Swedes will go to war with the migrants. There will be deaths on both sides and the migrants, the invaders will be ultimately slaughtered and driven back. They'll be driven literally walking.

They're not going to put these guys on planes or give them cars or anything. These people will be walking to flee. This will be a little bit later in winter, but it'll still be winter conditions. They'll be walking out of Sweden. They'll have to fight their way through Norway, they'll have to fight their way down through Denmark, through Germany and so on, because these guys are going to be pushed out no matter where they go.

There's going to be a war erupting in Germany against the invaders. It's going to be chaotic as fuck, and it'll be this way for a number of years. And we're going to have that war here in the United States as well, in North America, rather, let me just put it that way. But all this is all not stemming from all participating in our period of hypernovely, where no authority will exist. And that's going to, you know, somebody pops up and says, I'm from the who, and I'm going to say, I'm armed, get the fuck off my property.

I don't accept the who as being any kind of authority, or the UN. If you're on my soil and you're wearing a Un uniform and you're carrying weapons and you have a blue helmet on, and you think you're going to impose your order, your commands on us, well, a lot of you fuckers are going to die. We're just not going to take it. We're not going to be compliant, we're not going to accept this and we're hardened. And now we know that these fuckers are trying to kill us.

This is all self evident. And now the media is no longer even able to deny a lot of this.

And we see the panic in the know. They're so afraid of Donald Trump coming back. Well, yeah, because we're going to undo their world order. The new world order is getting its shit kicked out of know Big Mike Edward Robinson Vaughn has every reason to fear. He's done lots and lots and lots of crimes.

And so all these people are, they're going to have an accounting and to a certain extent it's a good time because we will have that accounting. 2024 is going to be one of the years of justice. It's going to take us a long time, so take maybe five or ten years to work through all this shit. And in the meantime, of course, we're going to have a total lack of hierarchical authority. And so it will seem chaotic and mob driven.

And this is what really is freaking out the academics. So, like, when the mobs came for Brett Weinstein, he was apparently able to talk to some of the individuals. And that's really a stupid way to approach a mob. You just get the fuck out of the way and deal with it later when you're not at risk, right, when you're outnumbered, that way you don't stop and try and talk to your enemies to talk them down, and you're not going to be able to change those minds. And he's an idiot anyway because he lived in that culture and he didn't see it developing around him.

So his ability to have accurate conclusions and far reaching judgments based on a combination of intuition and factual on the ground knowledge is somewhat limited, in my opinion. Right. But he's a good normie for me to use as a linguistic temporal marker, because as his language changes, he is reflecting a leading edge, although it's not very leading, of academic minds. And that's what's going to be first at risk here as we go into hyper novelty, will be the undoing of all the academic minds. And we'll see.

People will hold up various different journals and such, as being, quote, authorities. It's like, fuck, there ain't no authority. These people have been lying to us for hundreds of years. Academia has no fucking credibility at all. Each and every individual study needs to be examined on all the particulars to decide where they fucked up, because most of them are fucked up.

So hypernovelty is going to hit a lot of the institutional people really fucking hard, okay? Whether they're living and working in the institution in a minor role and having to believe in the authority of the institution and its reason for existence, or whether they're deep into the academia and thinking that there is authority there, all of this shit's getting upended. It is upended. Now. It's just going to take us a long time before the normies experience this unending.

Right, this upending. Now we've a revolution going on in Ecuador again. It's a turning over of authority, and it's going to proceed all the way through. And of course, in the middle of all of this, we've got the Elohim coming back and all of the activity on the moon. There really does look like there's some kind of major war going on on the moon.

If you get out, I haven't had much opportunity for the last, like, seven days because of storms. But if you get out at night and you look at the moon and you've got a decent telescope, even it doesn't have to be a huge 400 magnifier or anything. You can see activity on the moon with, like, even the amount of magnification you get from your cell phone when you take photos. So I know people that have just snapped photos of the full moon and caught activity in the process just because of the happenstance of when they push the button to take the picture, and it's really increasing. So we're going to have this particular evolution or appearance or unfolding, a manifestation, an emergence of a non authoritarian world.

And we've never lived in that, right? None of us humans have ever lived in that world. I was born into a world where academia and authority and all of this stuff existed and has held sway all of my life. Even though I knew, and at any given point, I was aware that, well, this is horseshit, this is bullshit. This all lies.

So why are these people going along with it? And I could never understand the compliant mindset, right? So I went to one episode, one instance of Sunday school when I was a kid, we were in Germany. There was some level of benefit for being a normal person, attending all of these things. You got to do the same thing as all the other people in your organization.

And so there was some benefit for my parents to go to church and stuff. They never did. My father thought it was a bunch of horseshit anyway. And they took me to Sunday school when we were trying to do this lend in, so to speak, get accommodated in the new base, because we're going to be there for three years at least. And so we wanted to ease in anyway, so they took me to Sunday school.

They thought that would be a good idea. I was really excited. I got all dressed up, I got to wear a suit, all of this kind of shit, right? I'm a little kid, and I went on in there and probably wasn't even five minutes, and I was fighting with the fucker that was telling me this shit because he was trying to get across the idea, and he just said, no, you can't think about it. You have to accept it.

And that's when things went south anyway, so it didn't work out too well. So one exposure to religion that way, active and so on. Ever since then, I've been investigating it because I thought even as a kid, ten years old, I thought, okay, this is really screwy. Why are these people believing this shit? It's not factual.

It's fairy tales. Anyway, so under the circumstances, I'm going to do well in hyper novelty. I am my own authority. My thoughts are self referentially secure that way. So I'm not particularly worried about it.

But all kinds of people are going to come unglued because they won't have that authority and they just won't know what to do. Look at how often in your life now someone just simply complies and puts out a statement of they're doing something because of, and then they state an authority because government tells me so, blah, blah, blah, right?

So I expect this year will be the year of the great tax revolt. I expect that the IRS is going to be in a world of hurt here relative to all of this because of the situation of the authority breaking down and the hatred for what the Biden regime is doing to America, to the US. And so it's going to be a fun year. Things are just going to go crazy. This is hyper novelty.

It's going to be all these people acting out. And remember, there's about a third of the population now that was hardcore and said, no, I ain't taking your fucking shots. Get away from me. Okay? That third is already living in a hyper novel world where they don't have that authority of big pharma, government, et cetera, et cetera.

And so it's a good cadre. So I agree with Britt Weinstein that way, that we have a good group, right? We're not a team, because a team requires organization, structure, authority, someone in charge, right? We are a group. We are a self organizing collective, which means there ain't no authority.

And nobody's voice has any more weight to it than anybody else's voice. Anyway, guys, take care. I'll do some more of these later. I got to get this shit done. At least it's not quite raining on me at the moment.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Clif High and Dr Reiner Fuellmich – 09-20-2023

Clif High and Dr Reiner Fuellmich - 09-20-2023

Clif High and Dr Reiner Fuellmich - 09-20-2023

Episode Summary:

Cliff High, a multifaceted individual, shares his journey from a military background to technology and software development. Born to a high-ranking US military officer, Cliff's early life was filled with unique experiences, including interactions with the CIA. He ventured into technology during the era of the gold standard's removal from the US dollar and the rise of the petrodollar. Cliff's technological endeavors spanned from satellite uplinking to software engineering. He developed a software that predicted future events by analyzing internet language patterns. This software foresaw the 9/11 attacks, drawing attention from intelligence agencies. Cliff's worldview is shaped by his experiences with psychedelics, which he used as a form of medicine. He believes in a consciousness-driven universe, challenging the mainstream academic perspective.

#CliffHigh #Military #Technology #Software #Predictions #9/11 #Psychedelics #Consciousness #Universe #Academia #LanguagePatterns #IntelligenceAgencies #Worldview #GoldStandard #Petrodollar #Satellite #Engineering #FutureEvents #Mainstream #Challenges #Experiences #Medicine #Journey #Insights #Beliefs #Reality #Materium #Novelty #Ontological #MentalHealth #Brother #Death #Life #Existence #Understanding

Key Takeaways:
  • Cliff High's diverse background spans from military experiences to technology.
  • He developed a unique software that predicted significant events by analyzing internet language patterns.
  • Cliff's software foresaw the 9/11 attacks, drawing attention from intelligence agencies.
  • His worldview is significantly influenced by his experiences with psychedelics.
  • Cliff believes in a consciousness-driven universe, challenging the mainstream academic perspective.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Clif High and Dr Reiner Fuellmich - 09-20-2023

Hello, friends. Today we're going to have the unusual opportunity to be able to talk to Cliff High. I've seen Cliff's interviews with people like and his presentations, really, but with people like my friend Dr. Lee Merritt, and he can talk about almost anything. And I find it always fascinating what he has to tell.

A few of the things which we may touch upon depending on whether we feel like it or not are the Chinese Cultural Revolution because I just watched that interview, which included Lee Merritt, Dr. Lee Merritt, aliens. And, of course is this really a very crucial point in time right now? September, October, and maybe the coming months? I think it is.

And let's see what Cliff has to say. Cliff, what is your background? Because there's hardly anything you can find on the Internet on you not even framing some of that's deliberate. But my background is I was a military brat, so I was in the US. Military as unwilling participant until I was 17 years old.

My father was in a very high echelon in the US. Military, so I got to visit some unusual places under unusual circumstances. He did three tours in Vietnam. Through that, I have some association with CIA and some of their nefarious stuff. And then I was not suited for a collegiate career, so I abandoned that and got married at a young age and went to work.

And I started doing things as I could and eventually moved into technology because when I came of age, it was the removal of the gold standard from the US. Dollar, the creation of the petrodollar, that wave of inflation, and also the degradation that accompanied that offshoring, all of the production and all this kind of stuff. So there was less jobs, so on and so on. But then ultimately the emergence of tech, and I started getting into that at various different levels. I used to do satellite uplink, run a satellite uplink station for At T back in the day.

So I've done all kinds of things relative to technology at many, many different levels, including a lot of programming and software engineering and software debugging and hardware debugging for various different corporations, invention groups, governments. I've taught places like La Luna in Mexico City, largest university around, taught tech there, SQL Server, that sort of thing, networking. And I've got a bunch of patents in various different kinds of software, invented some. Mostly I think the patent office is corrupt, and I don't bother myself with that anymore. And it's like I've done a lot guy.

I mean, I used to work in the woods. I've worked for state government, a subcontractor. I got bored easily, so I could never be an employee. And also I would usually get irritated with stupidity, and someone would fire me. So of all of the many jobs I've had, I've been fired more times than I've actually quit.

But most of the time you must have been self employed then. Yes, correct. Mostly, I'm self employed. Yes. Like I say, I've got patents and I got into bitcoin.

So I saw bitcoin, all right? So I invented this process way back in the day with computers that I thought was very interesting. And then I discovered something I was trying to back in the day in the came up with this idea that humans leaked out present information from the future. Now, I do not in any way ascribe to the idea that there's a timeline ahead of us that's fixed that in any way, shape or form, or different timelines. That is a bogus view of the future.

The future exists right out in front of us. It's just this huge maelstrom of just stuff spewing. Out of that potentiality we get probability, and out of probability we get actuality. Okay? So it is indeterminate until the point of actuality.

However, my software, my idea was to figure out what people were talking about relative to commercial products by scraping the internet really quickly and running it through a big analysis, and therefore see what people's interests were in companies and get there ahead of them and buy that stock ahead of them buying it, right? So it was just a money making scheme very first time I ran it, which was in. So I got the idea in 1993 going to La uni. It'd been in the back of my mind since the early eighty s, and it just because I'd been working with artificial intelligence and early object oriented programming, all these various different languages and stuff. Anyway, I get on the airplane to go to La UNAM to teach this course.

It's in the middle of the night, I'm flying 747 from Seattle down, and the plane gets hit by lightning. Now, here was something that I got hit twice, and I'm thinking about things as I'm usually doing. I'm sitting there and before we get struck by lightning the first time, all the hair on my body stands up and I became very energized and aware of it. And then the lightning strike. So of course we understand lightning doesn't come down and strike, right?

A static charge builds up and then the lightning jumps off of things. Grasp that. So I was in there and my body caught the static charge of that lightning strike going off. And then I noticed the conversations around me, people, for that next couple of minutes, they were speaking in an odd sort of a way. They were leaking a prescient view of that lightning strike, the next one, and it indeed happened like three minutes later.

And so the idea sort of struck me that people it was confirmed rather at that point, because I'd had the idea for some period of time that we are psychic beings and that as such, we leak out our prescient impressions in our choice of language unknown to ourselves. In the main, right, we're not aware we're doing this. We're not aware that we've got nine choices of a noun for this particular kind of an object, and which one we choose is an emotional reaction on our part. But we're not sure what's driving that emotion. And frequently it's something in the future that's going to manifest.

And that's why we choose that word over some other word to describe the exact same thing. Makes sense. It does make sense. Okay, so I was going to patent this, and I ran into some big difficulties, so I said, screw it, and I just started doing it. And so from 93 until 97, I wrote the software that was necessary to do this.

Bear in mind we're talking old 256 machines, right? Finally got myself a server in 97, and I did a run, and that is I scraped as much as the internet as I possibly could, bearing in mind that only about 3% of the internet at any given time is actually indexed in google. There's vast quantities of stuff you just don't see. In any event, though, so I scrape all this and I started getting information. It took me a couple of years to work it out, but I got a view coming up of the attack on 911, and it was difficult because I didn't have all the language defined, so I was working ABC.

It was methodical, right? Just defining all the language going forward, applying all these metrics to all the words so that I could catch them and analyze them. I just hadn't gotten to terrorism, right? So I was still down into military, but I had accident and military, and so accident and military were combined by my software, which was using, admittedly, an artificial intelligence kind of an approach for a large language model analyses way back in the day that you could have done on those servers. The limitation was the hardware.

In any event, though, not to be drilling into it too much, I got a prescient view of the 911 attack and I got it and I posted it, I think it was like June twelveTH of that year. So a number of months before it actually popped up. And it was just a little 45 or 50 word blurb. And then of course, we get the 911 attack, and it's like, uhoh, I'm sitting on something here, right? And from then on, things started changing, and I just started getting more and more into that, and less and less doing consulting and doing these other things.

Extremely interesting. It sounds a little bit like, but not confined to economics, a little bit of the computer program that martin armstrong. Armstrong, yep. Yep. What's, he not goliath socrates.

He called his socrates, right? I called mine a pain in the ass, because it was not a single program, right? I had chunks of code in lisp, I had chunks of code in prologue. I was running lots of it in perl, a lot of it in C code because it was sort of being invented as I was going along. I didn't organize it when I first set out because, well, I organized it to be a money making scheme.

And then the first time I ran it, it blew that right out of the water, and I said, oh, well, screw that. I don't have to worry about that. This is really fascinating. And what was it you're saying? It was just a little blurb.

You wrote what was it? How precise? I wrote a little thing saying that within 85 days, and I thought it would happen closer to June than to the end. The reason that that happened was because I had the sign, the positive or negative sign on my values reversed. I'm dyslexic.

So I just had them swapped because the data said it should go towards this particular value. But I had that value being closer to June twelveTH than 911, right? So if I'd had it reversed, it would have pegged it for 911. But it was about 35 words that said there was going to be a military accident that was going to alter the world. It would involve attacks on the US.

In at least two spots, and that these attacks would be from the air, would involve loss of life, and would precipitate law, which was the Patriot Act, of course, which they'd already had 29,000 pages or whatever the hell it is, cranked out waiting for this episode. Right? And so from that point on, things started getting really weird for me. It brought in the attention of the CIA and the FBI and this kind of thing, so it got really goofy. Well, so here's a couple of similarities.

I don't want to sound arrogant, but I enlisted with the German Army. I enlisted for twelve years. After a year, I realized I can't work with these idiots because my father kind of persuaded me it's a safe job, and you can go to law school, which wasn't true. They don't teach law there, but you can go to school, and they're going to pay for it. So it's the safety thing that prompted me to do it.

But after about a year, I realized, no way. Most of these people are complete idiots. Some of them are leftovers this is in the late 1970s. Some of them are leftovers from the Third Reich. Later I worked at the university and several universities, and then I became a banker for Deutsche Bank in Tokyo.

A banker, not a lawyer. And again I realized I can't work for idiots. So without trying to be arrogant, it makes no sense to work for other people, I don't think. At least for some of us it doesn't. But from what you're telling us, you would be the perfect example of what they used to call the polymath, because you go way beyond the Internet, and it business.

You must have had an almost insatiable appetite to take a closer look at all the things that didn't really make sense to you. That's true. Okay, so also I was in Germany in the 60s. My father's position put me into a diplomatic cadre. So I went to school with British diplomat kids, Italian diplomat kids.

So in terms of a polymath, I was also polilingual, learning Russian, this kind of thing, as well as German, Italian, French at all. So that's quite true. There's another component there and that is that my younger brother was a full on schizophrenic, totally non functional, right? And so I am a schizotypical in that regard. But this is atypical because usually it's the elder brother that becomes the schizophrenic, not the younger.

Right? Usually it's the younger that survives as the schizotypical. Again, not usually the case. So we were atypical in that regard.

It is quite factual. It's factual to say that I believe that I suffered schizophrenia to a great degree even greater than what killed my brother. Okay? The difference is that at a very young age I was sort of warned by a shaman in the Tinglet area in Alaska when we were up there when I was like five or six years old. And so I sort of paid attention to him when I then became very dysfunctional in my teens.

And so I sought the remedy he suggested, which was death will cure me. So I sought through psychedelics to kill myself. And so it was to kill myself or cure myself. Well, I actually did end up dying from a bad drugs that I purchased once. So that kind of worked, right?

And so so I died at age 16 and in that death experience I realized what was going on. And then when I came back from that death experience, I was thrown back quite abruptly. It was very harsh. And so I came back and I thought about things very deeply for a long time while continuing psychedelic medicine, not adventuring, not recreation, but medicine for me because I could take psychedelics and not the synthetics, it doesn't work with like LSD or ecstasy or any of those, right? For me it was mescaline and psilocybin and it truly was a medicine.

But it's an interesting medicine because you take the medicine, then you might have an integration process that goes for two or three or four months from having had that episode. Now I was taking shamanic levels, okay? So I experienced voyaging to places like Joe Rogan would tell you that he went to On DMT, but because I was doing it with mescaline, which is my favorite. And you'll note that that is one of the drugs that no one allows to have anywhere around on this planet, right? They don't even want you messing with that for medical reasons.

They'll let you have heroin, fentanyl, any damn thing you want that'll kill you, but they don't want you to have mescaline. But anyway and after that, it was psilocybin, but I would go for twelve and 15 hours journeys where Joe Rogan would go there for ten minutes. And so that shaped my worldview from that point on, from, say, age 16, because at that point, I died. It was actually the second time I had died, okay? So I died once when I was, like nine and a half from drowning.

And again, something the shaman had told me from the tribal experience in Alaska. He said that the fourth time would be the one. So I've died three times, so I can't afford to screw around anymore. Anyway, so I died from drowning. Then I died from the bad drugs, and then many years later, I died from the colon cancer.

But in all three experiences, the death experience was the same. So I knew that I was onto something. And the first time it happened with the kid, and when I was that young, it didn't really gel in my mind what was going on. Right. The second time, though, after the drugs, it was like, okay, what I've been told and everything I can find to read about reality is wrong, that things are not as I am experiencing them, and I'm already messed up enough in my mind.

I'm going to go with me. I'm going to just say, no, it's not me. And until I prove otherwise, it's all you guys. All you guys are wrong. So let's see what's going on here.

And so I started getting into the woo of it all, the esoteric, the very fringe stuff, right? And so I have a worldview that is unlike probably most people, and certainly is unlike all people that have come out of academia at any level, because academia is formed by the Khazarian mafia, all right? Academia supports the plagiarist Einstein, and that worldview, okay? That worldview says that if you take enough grit and you mash that grit together enough, and you get a big pile of that grit together, at some point that grit will become conscious, and thus consciousness arises. Okay?

That is false, all right? That is not the way that reality works. I've been dead three times, and each time I understand, you get a bigger view of reality. So when I die, I understand that grit does not exist. So my reality is this, that the only thing that exists is consciousness with the big C, okay?

And one day, consciousness decided that it was bored, it knew everything and was everything. And so suddenly something happened to consciousness, and an idea struck it. This idea was ontological in and of itself in the sense that the idea was novelty. The idea of novelty was novel to consciousness. Consciousness got sort of a kick out of it.

And so consciousness wanted to pursue novelty, and that's why we all exist, okay? Because what consciousness did was to shove aside some of itself and create the material. And that's where we are where our asses are matter and can sit on something, right? And then it took little bits of itself and enclosed them in matter and shoved them down into this experimental place that we all exist, that I call the materium, because everything in here is matter based. Yeah.

Okay. So we exist as consciousness. No amount of accumulation or squeezing of grit will ever induce it to become conscious. Therefore, that paradigm is 100% wrong, and it leads to wrong think in any number of directions that you may and perhaps all directions that you may care to pursue. Right?

And so since that dawned on me back then, I've been diligently pursuing correct think as opposed to the wrong think that is based on the idea that grit uberales right? And it's not. This must have struck a nerve with many people. It struck a nerve with me. And by the way, I just have to tell you this when you told the story about your brother my brother is manic depressive.

He's five years younger than I am, and he's been treated with all kinds of drugs. Took himself off the drugs. He's still alive, but he was never really functioning. Like I said, he's five years younger. Weird.

Very weird that I survived this. But I was lucky. Or in a way, I was lucky. I was the center of attention because I was the first child, both from my mother's side of the family, my father's side of the family.

And I always blamed myself that maybe I got too much attention and my brother didn't, and there's a sister in between, but I don't know. I don't know how to figure it out. I just felt that I have to tell you this now that you told us the story about your brother. So he passed away? Yeah, he died many years back.

The schizophrenia has a terrible toll, right? Terrible, terrible toll on all aspects of him. Because, of course, he tried, as I did, to self correct, but he could not take the route I did. For whatever reason, I was determined to kill myself. So I was very strong in my resolve.

Right? It wasn't that I was seeking a cure, because it was like, well, maybe there's one out there. I mean, the shaman had said that if I did this sort of thing, I would survive until the fourth time death came for me. And so I thought, okay, well, what the hell, and I'm certainly not making any progress as it was at that time. Mescaline and Psilocybin were very good teachers.

I think they're very powerful. They're not for everyone. And the way they worked for me was the shamanic level of doses, right, where you actually have to have someone watching you while you're on the trip because you're gone. Now, that was interesting for me, too, because it informed my reality in terms of the flat earth, the reptilians from David Icke, et cetera. Et cetera, right?

So I don't know if it was because of a schizophrenic mind or because of some other quirk of my physiology, but I could go to this place I called Hyperspace and be there for some period of time where others were zipping in and out. And even when they were there, some people would come and trip with me. Right? We'd take masculine and groups and so on, and you would actually have sort of a telepathic link up, but you'd end up going to hyperspace together, and they were never able to stay there for much more than a few seconds. And I could be there for hours or what at least seemed like hours, right?

And for people around me, it would seem like hours as well. And so in that experience of dealing with hyperspace, the very first time I went there, I encountered pure evil, okay? And it was evil that wasn't arrogant, it was evil that was indifferent. And there is no evil more evil than evil that is indifferent, because I encountered something that well, I didn't know what to expect. In any case, I wasn't really looking for anything, but I popped into an area, and it was only later and subsequent trips that I realized that this area was unusual, that this area was under control, because I popped into somebody's hyperspace lab, okay?

They had taken hyperspace that if you go to Joe Rogan, he'll tell you that every molecule in hyperspace is active and talking to you continuously while you're there doing stuff. It's energetic, it's intelligent and so on. So it is the most busy place you can imagine.

How did you know it was evil? Oh, because of the feeling. Well, I'll tell you what happened was I popped into an area that was not like that. So my first experience of hyperspace was it was relatively calm and it was empty, except for this very it was an empty lab. I recognized it as a lab, okay?

Even though there's no walls, there's no ceiling or anything like that. But there was this one being that was there that looked very much like a smoothed out form of an insect sort of manted, like having multiple rear legs that allowed it to stick up, and having four sets of arms to manipulate, right? And this was its physical presentation in hyperspace. At that time, I didn't realize I was merely a sphere. I had yet to learn to grow my body in hyperspace, right?

So I was just simply consciousness. And every consciousness that pops into hyperspace initially is simply spherical, because that's the most efficient form to take. Anyway, this being was doing things, and it was irritated at me, and it made a movement with one of its arms and literally blew me out of there like a fly knocking a fly out of the room. And I was suddenly out into real hyperspace with all of the chaos and all the beings and all of this sort of thing. And I sort of turned around and looked and I could see the barrier that this bug had erected.

And then I popped back to my body here and then in the process there somewhere I got an attitude and I thought, Damn bug. And so I went back and deliberately popped into his place again, and it shocked him. And then we had contention as it tried to get rid of me, and I resisted. And so that's when I discovered I had power in hyperspace, that my mind had the ability to influence events that might occur beyond simply my body. I still had yet to realize I didn't have a body.

I was simply a sphere. So the bug was just batting at me as a sphere that whole time anyway. So at some point, it gave up and just let me be there. And at some point beyond that, I got bored and went on out and explored the rest of hyperspace. And then I met some really cool beings that were also at war with the bug.

And as to the evil part of it, it told me it was evil by the way it stood there vibrating. And it was totally indifferent. So it wasn't like it hated me or anything like that. I was as insignificant to it as a mosquito is to me. But it had evil intent to everything.

That was not it. I learned a great deal about the bugs. So I learned that the bugs are most effective and most energetic and evil when they're young, okay? Because they just come out of chrysalis and they have all their mind and everything right there. As they age, they lose a lot of their abilities as we do.

They cannot learn over time. The guy was they are desperate to do so, but their species does not do that because learning is done in pupi, not as an existent being. That amount of learning they have is just so small and they resent it from the rest of us. And so that's one of the reasons that I thought of it as evil, is because it does not like beings that can learn in real time. So the indifference that you encounter is that sort of like when you watch some of these movies where there's a crime scene and the perpetrator, the evil killer just walks off the scene and doesn't even look at the victims.

But just in case he didn't kill them all, he fires off another round of bullets and then just walks off without even looking at the victims. Is that the kind of indifference? Worse than that. Much worse than that. Okay, so at least in those sorts of scenes, that guy would acknowledge that there were victims.

Yeah. Okay. In this case, no. The bug thinks it's over everything. The bug actually creates reptilians as a tool.

So the bug uses what we might think of as organic life forms, as robots in the way that we use mechanistic forms. It prefers to do as little work as possible. But there's also the issue of the way in which the bug is organized and its social order is organized. The ruling bugs are born, and then they age up a certain point doing things and then the very next generation comes in and is their boss. Right.

There's an experience gap. But this new group has a lot of the experience that they've had that's been inculcated into them in the growing process of becoming a bug. So it's just this weird interpersonal relationship because at some point I came back. So I did maybe five, six years of mescaline. And at some point I came back and the lab had a new boss.

And the old bug that I had met was still there. But there was this young, very nasty bug that was there that tried the same I'm going to kick you out. But I realized that you can throw in hyperspace. You can throw up a mind barrier and they can't make you do anything. They can't physically affect you.

It irritated them, and they collapsed the lab at that one point and just took it away. And so I don't know if they relocated it or what. And I never sought it after. Okay. Before, I would like to ask you about the Khazarian Mafia, which you just mentioned.

But Dogma wants to ask a question. Go ahead. Hi, Cliff.

I was initiated in 76 by Enlightened Master who tried to convey to us to me that only consciousness is real. And on this inside, I'm still working. It's difficult with all this grit around yes. To really understand it. But I really don't understand what you mean by bark and by hyperspace.

What do you mean? And another question is another question. Do you know came across the name of Pimfan Loma?

He was a heart surgeon from Holland, born 43. And he started when this whole near death experiences surfaced in the he became interested and asked his patients who had these death experiences and came back. He asked them whether they had these kind of experiences. And he got really into this whole topic as a normal medical doctor. It was quite exceptional.

And because he says it would blow the whole medicine understanding if one allows that. And he noticed that about 30% of his patients who had this complete knockout they reported kind of near death experiences with light and all this stuff.

And then he started giving worldwide lectures about and he also says that he thinks also he says, I'm not spiritual, but it looks that the consciousness is not in us, but we are in the consciousness. Let him answer the first question first. What about the bugs? All right, so we'll do that. Let's not forget the other, though.

Okay, so the bugs look like bugs, all right? And they. Have a lifestyle that is like bugs and their structure, their societies are organized like bugs. So they are bug like in that regard. They are projecting bodies in hyperspace that are chitinous, that have bug like joints.

Now, this can be an illusion, okay, in hyperspace. All right? So let me back up our material. I'm going to draw this as though this was a factual understanding of this, okay? So this is just to give you the idea, but our materium is cut out of consciousness and created.

And we could say that our materium has this like a border or a wall all the way around it. And we would think of this as our physical universe, okay? So in my opinion, our physical universe is bounded and this forms the material by a barrier that is created by consciousness. That barrier is hyperspace, okay? So that barrier is another form of consciousness.

It is closer to ultimate big consciousness out here on the other side of materium. And it is not as though our consciousness here enclosed in matter. When you go towards to leave the material, it'd be like you would go into a spongy wall and so you would leave. And all this area in here is hyperspace. This is weird because it has no dimensions, right?

It's not a particular length or width or has no location or anything like that. It has nothing that would define it within the material itself because it is the boundary walls of the material. When we go there, it's just another form of consciousness, a thicker, denser form of consciousness. In that denser form of consciousness, our consciousness is quite happy, right, because it's the same stuff. Consciousness is consciousness, so it can move freely.

Our consciousness retains its discrete orientation when in hyperspace and is in within its own self control. I don't know that either of those conditions exist on the other side of this wall, okay? Because that's the other side is where we would consider death. All right? Now, when I died, I went to hyperspace.

Not the same way that you do when you take psychedelics though, right? So in my death experience, all right, let's not go there yet, okay? So hyperspace allows for anybody's consciousness, for however you want to get there, to get to that spot. So I knew when I was there that there were other beings that were taking psychedelic drugs or the functional equivalent on their planets. These were beings from other planets, other places that were also there in consciousness.

With me, there are creatures or mechanisms that only exist in hyperspace. These are the little elves that Terrence McKenna encounters, the little mechanistic, little kind of activity kind of things, right? And I've had those. So I went to hyperspace. Before my brother died, I used a particular kind of a technique.

It was a shamanic technique, but not shamanic levels. It was what we might think of as like micro dosing. Okay? But you use a special technique for ingesting it as well as for the preparatory in terms of, like, meditation. Okay?

And I wanted to know what my brother was going to be facing when he died. And so I went to hyperspace. Then I went to the edge of the hyperspace, intent on going out here as I'm going into that wall in hyperspace to look through, to see what my brother is going to be facing. I encountered these little machine elves, a whole little rack of them. You never see one.

They're just always in groups. And they were on this rickety old shelf that was just sitting out there in nowhere. One of them hops down and walks on over to me and says, don't go there, don't go there, don't go there. And so in hyperspace, I shocked myself because my true personality comes out. And so I was very arrogant and I said, you can't tell me anything, little man.

And I did the gesture and blew him back up onto his shelf with my mind. Boom, he goes back up on his shelf. And then I went out there. Now that little bastard was right. I should not have done this, but I learned what I needed to do right when I needed to, but it wasn't a pleasant experience and it'll marmy the rest of my days.

So hyperspace is not physical. It doesn't have a physical location, but it does, in my opinion, have a reality and a location, even if that location can't be defined in terms of up, down, right or left kind of things, right, in terms of those kinds of coordinates. The bug is extra hyperspace. So the bug is not one of those beings that exists there, but it has a tendency to think that it owns the place because it is so powerful, it can do stuff there. And the bug as a race is perhaps the oldest thing around.

Okay? The other beings I encountered in hyperspace that were willing to and able to speak with me, a lot of them are like, not able to speak, they would want to, but they're all zapped out on psychedelics in their own realm and not able to communicate. There's only very few beings you can encounter that can sit you down and instruct you on what's going on. And I met some of these fortunately or guided by divine wisdom or whatever the hell, and they taught me how to deal with things. In hyperspace, one of the first things they teach you is to how to express a body.

And so it's very much like a cartoon. You just sort of like blow out a body that would look like human. Most of us in hyperspace that have that ability and do that are bilaterally symmetrical hominids. So that appears to be a template here in the material. And so we'll probably encounter hominids all over the universe, our material universe here there are many that were not and many that chose not to show themselves for whatever reason, that were far more paranoid than I.

And I could go on for hours about those journeys. But I don't know that much of it is really pertinent to most people because they won't go there and they should not. Okay, let's take two steps back into the three dimensional world that most of us understand better than hyperspace. You mentioned the Kazarians. This is an important question or topic, rather, because most of us this is true for me, at least over the last three years.

I was not really aware of what was really going on before this pandemic. This is what brought things into perspective and prompted me to ask questions and dig deeper and deeper. But most of us are now trying to figure out who is it? Who is responsible? Is it the bilderbergers?

Is it the freemasons? Who is it? Can we only see the puppets? What about the Khazarian mafia, then? Okay, so you're correct.

We can only see the puppets. So if you see them, they're not in charge, right? So Bill Gates isn't in charge. Klaus Schwab, none of these guys. Okay, so here's my understanding of it.

This relates to the space alien invasion, all right? So thousands of years ago, space aliens came to Earth. They declared themselves to be our gods. They did this in India, they did this in Greece, they did this in Japan, they did this in the Middle East, everywhere, mesoamerica. And they were very brutal.

And they demanded that we kill a lot of our own people so that they could get high sniffing the burned adrenal gland complex, okay? Because they get high on oxidized adrenaline, massively. So. And these guys are warped mentally, all right? So they did experiments.

Their experiments are on genetic experiments. Their experiments on the base level of population that they discovered here are on the same order as our experiments. We cannot insert a gene there's no such thing as gene editing where we're inserting a gene into a chromosome, nor are we inserting chromosomes into any other being. We do not have that capability. The Kazarian mafia lies about that continuously.

They want the general public to think that we can do those things, and we cannot. We have this device called CRISPR. And it's called CRISPR because it burns out genes and chromosomes, not because it puts any in. So our only ability to alter things is by extracting, by destroying DNA at some level. So that needs to be borne in mind, okay?

Because that's what happened to us. So all primates have 24 chromosomes, 24 pairs of chromosomes, except humans. We have 23. The nub that we have a nub. So if you get in here and you look at our chromosomic descriptor, it'll show that between you have this one branch, that's number one.

Then you have number two. And then on all other primates, it goes on to number three. What we have is that we have this we have this kind of a situation where there's a burn mark right there, and our number three is now our number two. And so we only have 23 pairs of chromosomes, so we're genetically modified, okay? So there's no other beings on this planet that have positive genetic modifications in the sense of insertion of genes.

That may have happened in the far, far distant past, but everybody that's come here and mucked about since has done so by extracting stuff, not by putting it in. Okay? So now the space aliens come down and they're intent on modifying us for their own purposes, whatever those may be. And so they set about modifying various different populations. Not all populations of humans could be modified as well as others.

And so some populations were favored, okay? And so in our map of our reality here, the space aliens had huge bases in Mesoamerica. They were kind of centered, equatorially, right? But there was a big area up in here because they had taken over India and spread out into China and up into the various regions of central Eurasia. In that area, they took over a population that later on became the Khazarians, okay?

The centralized area here between northern India and between Europe was the Khazarian Empire. That group was taken over by the same group of space aliens that later on went down and took over the people of South Yemen and they marched them up the Red Sea to take residence in Judea. And these were the people of the Bible, okay? These were Moses and Adam and Eve and all of that. These were all GMO people, right?

They took over these twelve tribes down here after they abandoned the Kazarians. There was some little bit of success with the Kazarians, and then something happened. Now I'm putting the space aliens abandoning the Khazarians to a war that was going on between the space aliens groups. Various different groups of the space aliens. Whoever had taken over the Khazarians were defeated by the space aliens that had taken over India.

The larger mass of them. And this group that had been dealing with the Khazarians abandoned the Khazarians. That's a key element here, okay? They abandoned them after creating some level of genetic modification. Now the Khazarians themselves, at their core, will claim that they're the only group on the planet that have an additional gene, that it actually is the first time of a gene insertion.

That's why that's their claim to fame, right? What I actually think happened was that the space aliens adapted Homo capensis, the cone heads, and they did a genetic modification on them. And that's what produced the Kazarians, okay? And the inner Kazarian Mafia. So Rothschild, the Rothschild family is a conehead remnant anyway, so we keep going with this.

The Kazarians are of the opinion that they're genetically modified in a way that's different than all the other humans. And in fact, there's some reason to suspect that they have an additional little tiny bit of DNA here that I call the dongle that was not really effectively scrubbed. So when the gene was edited or the chromosome was edited, a little tiny bit remains. And they think that makes them special somehow. In any event.

So the people that took them over, left them, abandoned them up here and took these other people over down here and created all of our Bible history. And you read about it as the El. As the elohim. As the actual space aliens. If you go read Naked Bible morrow Biglino it's there in plain sight.

Anyway, the Khazarians got really pissed. They were upset. They have this huge angst over being abandoned by the El. The Elohim who then go on and do their genetic modifications, create Adam eve and know really cooking along, right? Go along to create Jesus and so on.

Those are the same space aliens as had created the Khazarians. Later on, the Khazarians discovered that their space aliens had done this and were now located down here in Judea. So about depending on history, anywhere from 500 to 1000 years pass. And the Khazarians get into a pickle with their neighbors, the Russians and the Europeans and the Turks, because the Khazarians, like the El, the people that had taken over them, have this habit of going out and stealing children, cutting them open and smoking out the adrenaline, right? They're adrenochromatics.

And so the Khazarians align themselves with the Judeans and create the Jews, okay? There's no word for Jew in the Bible. It doesn't show up. It's a modern insertion. And so this is a more accurate history.

If you go read, as I say, the Naked Bible morrow the Glino, and look at some of his works and so on, absolute word for word translation. So there's nothing hidden, right? So if you go to modern translation, it says God every time the word l pops up or Elohim. And they never say gods, right?

It's a con job in that sense. So now the Khazarians, now claiming to be Jews and making the Judeans also into Jews, set off on all of the history that we've all lived through. So now here's the thing about the Khazarians, okay? So the Khazarians are the ashkenazi. Okay.

But the Ashkenazi, they don't have a clue as to what's going on with the Khazarians. The ashkenazi are normies. Okay. They're as deluded as any other normie, okay? They believe the history they've been told, which is obscured, and they believe that they were chosen.

They believe all of this stuff. Most of them don't read Hebrew. So mostly Jews don't read the Bible in Hebrew, and mostly they just rely on the word from the rabbis as to what it actually says. So it's kind of like with the Bible. Same story as with the Bible.

Exactly. It's bogus. All the way through, right? And so I like knowing what's going on. Basically because of the paranoid schizophrenia.

There's something about that, right? Most people don't understand this schizophrenics and other people that suffer very acute mental illnesses, they don't necessarily hallucinate, but they don't have a for sure indicator that what's appearing in front of them is solid and material, right? So it's not necessarily a hallucination for them to say, are you real? There's some indication here a fog or something, right. That makes me think that there's some fuzziness here, right?

And once you go to hyperspace and you understand that we're all in consciousness and we're all encapsulated little bits of consciousness, thinking we're living in a totally material world, then you understand that there are things in our material world that are not necessarily as material as everything else. And thus we have all of the issues of ghosts and all of these kind of things, right? And then too, let's get into the other functional part of the woo of the weird view of this. Once you understand this, you can become a very powerful martial artist, okay? And you can become a very powerful shaman once you grasp this view.

So the second time I died and I understood this, I died. I rolled off of my bed, I'd been poisoned by bad drugs that were sold to me as mescaline and who the hell knows what they were? But they killed me. And so I roll off the bed and fall on the ground and my body is dead. At that point I leave my body, I'm 16 and a half, something like that.

And just like with hyperspace, I find myself spherical. Only in this case, there's two very large spheres up over my head, somehow able to the size of a soccer stadium but somehow fitting in my room. And then there's eleven other smaller spheres that are all clustered together, moving around, okay? And they're all clustered together and there's a space missing, there's a space for a twelveTH sphere. And so I'm a sphere, I'm dead.

So I figure, what the hell? So I float on up there, okay? So the other two large spheres, one of them is my knower and another one is my thinker, okay? And so I realize instantly, oh, none of the memories I've ever had are in my head, none of the memories are in my body. And I realized all these different kinds of things instantly upon being dead and encountering this, I also realized, oh, I'm the doer in the body.

So this is the thing guys. If you want a real detailed understanding of this, you can read us a book. It's 1080 pages and there is not one word in there that is excess. They went and they worked that book over to make sure there was not one excess word. It was written in the 50s by Harold Percival.

It's called thinking and destiny. There's a free version online. I like paper books, so I've got a couple of paper versions of it, but you can read it in PDF form. Anyway, so I realized at that point that I'm the doer in the body, as are you. Okay?

And so we have a very special obligation and activity. And the old saying is quite true. Ours is not to reason why, ours is to do then die. Okay? And so we are here to perform things, to do tasks both for ourselves and for our grander selves, but also for the universe in general.

So we are as important to the materium as the little machine elves are to hyperspace. We are a mechanism within materium for the creation of novelty. Okay? That's the point. Getting back to this universe was bored.

Consciousness was bored. It wanted to see if it was possible that something outside of itself could be created that it would not know about ahead of time. And if you really think about that, it's everything, it knows all. That's a really difficult task to achieve, right? And so it sets us up with all of these weirdnesses that there might be random.

And so as a computer programmer, I was instantly destroyed to realize that the RND function in assembly language was not truly random. It only picked a number between these particular rain in this particular range and it did so in a very deterministic way. And you could expand it and make it so that humans couldn't pick that number. But nonetheless, it's deterministic. It's not truly random.

And so there is no truly random anything within the universe at all. And it is merely an illusion that we think that that might be the case. And it's necessary that most of us have that illusion in order that we might be able to do the things that we do as the doers in the body. But what we do when we die is we go on up to this larger the group of eleven, join it and become the doer in the body. But outside of having any body, and then the next one of those spheres takes off with a body.

So we live in sequence. As far as I know, there's always eleven on the sidelines and only one active at any time. Okay? There's six are female and six are male. And those never change.

So every one of my lives are going to be male. There's a reason for this.

Yeah. What is the reason? It's multiplicitous. None of it relates to us. Okay.

It is necessary that as a male that you have this male attributes whether or not you're actually in a body and that you deal with being male in and out of bodies. Okay? So we can expect a wide range of experience with each and every one of our incarnations and we will have millions of these. All right? So the saying is that to become a human takes 85 million incarnations, that there is a spark of life.

It's put out there. It's a bacterium. And if that spark, for whatever reason, and we could get into that, but it's not meaningful. But for whatever reason, it continues, it will progress. So it's progress or discontinuation.

There's no hold line. Right. And so there are a lot of humans, doers in the body that can't take it, that psychic whatever, is not strong enough to take the abuse of being in the material. And there are beings that will basically disappear because they can't get enough of the doers in the body to hang together as a unit of twelve. Right?

So there's some risk. So you can't, for instance, go and repeatedly commit suicide. At some point, the universe will give up on you. Right.

If you read through Thinking and Destiny, you get some idea of some of these things that actually are manifest. And I know that these are true because long before I encountered the book Thinking and Destiny, I learned all this stuff in hyperspace, talking to these other beings, right. Because they wanted to talk. Hyperspace is an interesting place because we are as interesting to them as they are to us in terms of alien experience. Right.

Now back to the male and the female thing. This brings me to the topic you discussed with Lee Merritt, dr. Lee Merritt. When you're talking about the Chinese Cultural Revolution, and one of the aspects was how they created or tried to make men into women. I forget the exact context, but it was about hairy something.

What happened there? The hairy crabs. Yeah, that's what it is. Okay. Those people that were going to create the Communist state in China were Khazarians, okay?

Khazarians invented communism. Karl Marx was a Khazarian. Engels was a Khazarian. The Khazarian banking establishment, bear in mind, they own all the central banks. The Khazarians have conquered planet Earth, and we're in the process of a counter.

We're in the process of a revolution or an insurgency against the ruling banking elite. Right? The Khazarian mafia. Okay. So the Khazarians created all of this.

They do. So they created Russian Revolution. They created the Communist revolution in China. But they moved in into China, I want to say maybe 20 years before there was any activity at all. They had Khazarians moving into China, setting up all of the necessary organizations that would need to be there for the rise of whoever they picked to be the Communist leader.

And they ultimately picked Mao. One of the ways that they do these Communist revolutions is to upset the social order in communism. In the old way, they could mostly do it around economics with the idea know, everybody would be equal and there would be no longer any of this great corruption disparity. And they, of course, the Khadzari and Mafia were the ones that were doing the corruption, so they could use that and exacerbate it. Et cetera, okay?

Now, when they come into China, they start using a new technique, which was the disruption of those things that are solid. So basically, what they want to do any way they can in order to foment a revolution, communist takeover, is to disrupt your association, your grounding in reality. And so if they can deground you from your sexuality and claim that gender is uber olives, all of this kind of thing, it's the same level of effectiveness as if they can get you to believe you're a cat, they destroy your identity. Correct. And they unhinge you from your reality, your family, everything that supports you, and therefore your mind can be reprogrammed, so to speak.

Right? And so basically they're trying to in my opinion, they're trying to take all of the social order on a trip, right? And this is why I see all of these people and it's like, no, I've been to hyperspace. You people are not scary. You're not even that funny.

And so that's really what's going on. Now, the Harry Krabs in China, they did exactly what they are doing here, and they took a 25 year period of time to disrupt the Chinese social order to the point that they even started doing gender transitioning surgeries and the whole thing there, right? And so this would have been in the late 20s. They really began that in earnest, and so they'd been working on it for some period of time. And then we come up to the Chinese revolution, which takes forever because of the nature of the Chinese attachment to society, confucianism family, all of that, right?

So China was a real tough nut for the Communists to crack, much more so than the US. Because we'd already started drifting away from our familial associations when they started assaulting us in the late eighty s and ninety s. But they have to do that. The Hairy Crabs was a name that was applied to the trans people in China that they used as spies. There was a particular guy in what we would think of as the CCP.

He actually predated the CCP, and he created the whole trans movement in China. And he used the trans people as basically an army spies, prostitute spies and assassins. And it was anything but. So just as antifa is being used by the same people that used the trans people, and antifa is mostly trans, that's just basically another reincarnation of the Hairy Crabs. It doesn't work as well here in Western society as it did for the takeover of Communists of China.

China, I think it's really in its waning. Okay? So we've reached the peak, and we're starting to fall away from that. And there's going to be very disruptive things that will occur that I think will blow that particular aspect of things to a much more minor level of our social order real quick, like within the next year.

But basically what happened back then is what they're trying to do with us in the Western world in the very same way, right? It's just not working that well.

Now, before we started the recording, I said that I had just been given a very long, I don't know, 20 or 30 pages, not very long, but assessment, which was written up by it's an article really, which was written up by a group of German scientists and people who are spiritual people. And their assessment is their view of the world, including what's going on in Ukraine. I used to think that once they understand, the other side understands that the Pandemic 2.0 will not work because most people are not going to be in line with that same narrative over again. Even those who used to be, I used to think that this is what's going to trigger them. They're trying to test the waters right now, and when they see in mid September or so it's not going to work, that's when they're going to turn to war, a hot war, because that's the only way to keep us in panic mode so that we will continue to follow orders.

I mean, those on the other side of the fence. But then I spoke with Dr. Rima Labo and she ah, maybe that's one of the purposes, but the other one is probably they know that we're not going to do it again. So the other purpose, and this is particularly true for the United States, is to create civil unrest. And that may be the case, but if that is the case and this is going to start happening, I think, in mid September, October, so this group of people who are looking at Ukraine, who are thinking that maybe the Ukraine war will even maybe it stops, but they're not quite sure.

But the one thing that they're sure about is something is coming up right now in September and in October. Do you agree with that? Even though we don't know? I agree with that. Something's coming up, but their worldview is skewed, okay?

So Putin is not going to stop. This is not a war as they understand it. Ukraine is Khazaria. You grasp that, right? Ukraine is the central point of Khazaria.

The Khazarian Mafia rules there. They have adrenochrome parties, they harvest children, they harvest Russian children. This is exactly the same situation as existed back in 1000 Ad. When the Rus people, the Turk people, and all of the white peoples of Europe all got together and told the Khazarians, you people have to stop this. And so we will allow you to choose a religion rather than destroy you all.

Okay, that was a mistake, right? That was a big mistake, as we understand now. Okay? But they did. And so they chose to be Jews.

And thus it was at that point that all of the vampirism, all of the blood in the seder bread, all of this kind of stuff gets into. Judaism because these are blood drinkers, right? The Khazarian troops used to do that. They used to eat the liver of their enemies.

So now we have people that are saying well the war is going to do this and war is going to do that. No it's not. Russia is doing this and they've been factual in saying they're doing this because too many Russian children were being disappeared by the Ukrainians across the border and they're just not going to have it anymore. Okay? And so this is the final battle.

This is a coordinated battle. It is global. It is not Russia versus Ukraine. It is all the peoples versus the Khazarians. Most of the people of the planet are totally ignorant of this and may indeed be totally ignorant of this all their lives and never wise up to this level of the war.

We've been in this war for 6000 years and we're in the final battle parts of it. We are in a very special point of time in my opinion. Not for the reasons you suggest though, but for a larger scope of things. But what you're saying is indeed in my opinion going to manifest. But it is just sort of a minor part of all of this as we go on.

So Hawaii was an attack, right? Lahaina was an attack. The California fires were an attack. Just the other day, Turkish fires were an attack by a beam weapon. So there's a global, ongoing, maybe nationalistic kind of a war.

I don't know who's fighting who, but we know for sure that's the Khazarian mafia against everybody else. But they may have tricked one nation to think that it's got to fight another nation because this is how they work. But we're coming into a period of time that the Khazarian mafia can no longer be able to hold their position of ignorance of the rest of the planet. So what allows them to exist is that we don't think of the central banks as being an invasion. We don't think of this as all being one giant cabal, et cetera, et cetera.

People are not awake to all of this. They think of the reality that they've been spoon fed through their mind control systems that we call schools is real. That's all breaking down. The Khazarian mafia made a very bad strategic move, okay? They decided to upend all of our minds and break open all of our structures at the same time in order to take us over in a communist approach.

And it was at that point that the rest of the planet started attacking the Khazarians because when they've done all of this to this huge amount of people, the rest of the planet can awaken those people too. Just as the Khazarians were planning to put us to sleep under communism, the rest of the planet is going to waken us up to the Khazarian threat using the fact that our minds are disorganized and unstable and floating right now and able to look at things in a different way. And so it's become a very key element in our particular war at the moment. And I don't think that it's September and October. Okay.

So I think that we've started this. We started it with attack on Hawaii and that the novelty of the war itself will emerge around April 3. It'll take that long for lots of people to be discussing this, but now we're getting into it. It's really growing. So we're seeing the memes everywhere pop up that say, I'm educated, I know that if I wear blue, I'm safe from space beams, that kind of thing, right?

And so we'll see all of these things pop up, and people will just start looking. And then pretty soon the normies will start getting into it and our worldview will change. And the Khazarian Mafia won't be able to prevent that. They're desperate to do that. Their power extends from the Kali Yuga, okay?

From the fact that we went through 2400 years of very low emanations from Galactic Central, and most humans were born pretty stupid. And our biggest technology was a grinding wheel powered by donkeys. And so as we come out of the Kaliyuga, though, our minds expand and we get into the world that we're in now, talking across, networking and so on. But the minds that are able to deal with and create that world are not donkey riding minds. And so this is why we're resisting and we will overcome the Khazarians it's because universe will not allow us to progress into the further into the Bronze Age and then the Silver and the Golden Age.

With our minds being dumbed down this way, they're doomed to defeat, but they cannot do anything else because of their past action, right? So they're caught with their own guilt, and they cannot do a Maya culpa, come clean and convert themselves. This is just part of the nature of our reality. Universe wants to see what will actually manifest under these conditions. And if it's not that pretty, well, universe doesn't care much, then nature will strike back.

This is what many people expect. I have a good friend who is an attorney from Ontario, Canada. He kind of out of frustration, left Canada. He's had a home in the Sacred Valley in Peru since 2004, and that's where he spends his time now. But that's what he's been saying too, that if people don't get their act together, basically, that's when nature is going to strike back.

Well, maybe it's going to be a whole set of cataclysmic events, which some people expect to happen. But I do think, and I wonder if you would agree with that. I do think that we can change things if we have the right level of, I don't know, awareness or consciousness. And I think we're moving towards this level of consciousness. And I think this is part of it our connecting with each other, exchanging information, me talking to you, trying to understand what I didn't even have any idea about existed.

I think this is part of this, and I think that if we can continue on this path, and I think we are, then the worst can be averted. We're not going to fall into that trap. I'm absolutely certain that the other side cannot win this. They probably have already lost. Some people say that their head has already been chopped off, but what they're trying to do is keep us in this trap for as long as possible.

I don't know, maybe to see if maybe we're going to make some really bad mistakes so that they can come back or something like that. Does that make sense? Yeah, that does make sense. But in my way of thinking, most of the rank and file don't know they've lost. Mostly they are addicts attempting to maintain their addictive states now in the varying circumstances and don't think that far ahead.

Most of these people are not really great thinkers. So, like I say, I've met a lot of them, bill Gates and among others.

So I think of them as attempting to maintain their power because of what it feeds for them and that they're not very bright. They think they've got the world by the tail kind of a thing. And they don't recognize that our planet changes over time because of the cyclic nature of the Yugas where it is in relation to the Galactic Center, the amount of intervening mass between Galactic Center and us. You've seen that, right? You've seen that drawing?

I did. Okay, so as that occurs, humanity is changing. It doesn't mean that we're going to go to some Kumbaya peace, love and light sort of a thing, right? We must experience the worst that the Khazarian Mafia has to offer. Okay?

All right, so I'm a real hard case. I've died three times, right? This has a tendency to made me harsh relative to reality. Okay? So I just don't tolerate illusion in that regard.

And so my motto is none asked, none given. Okay? This is an old Revolutionary War and military motto, right? No quarter asked and none will be given. And I don't ask it because it is necessary that I must experience it.

I know this is what universe wants because I must be changed by that experience going forward in order that that change might affect other changes in the future that universe desires. So in that sense, I am a cog and my experiences are the grease of the machinery, even though they are my experiences. And I will take them with me into my afterlife and I will do things with them as I should. There is multiplicity of purposes for each and every action, no matter how small or how large. Now, I am not of the opinion that nature is going to do anything to us.

I don't have the same kind of an approach to life that Martin Armstrong does, okay? I know. We're into the Bronze Age. We're not going to face civilization destruction. It's just not in the cards now because it can't happen because we're in an ascending phase, right?

There's civilization transformation. So I see all of this as a progression upward and in a good way. And we must shed this baggage as we go forward. Right? That's why we're suffering all of these things now, is that we must suffer it in order that we might see it, in order that we might make the decision.

We have 2400 years of Kaliyuga that split into two 1200 year halves, right? The descending and then the ascending. We're just out of that. We're into the Bronze Age here. Now, when we get into the Bronze Age, the first 300 years of the Bronze Age are sort of a look back to the Kaliyuga.

We invent stuff. We get science, we get medicine, we get machinery. We don't ride donkeys anymore. But we're continually looking back, thinking the Ancients had something, getting trapped in the religion and all this stuff of the Kali Yugas, right? Okay.

This is one quarter. There's this dimensionality to time that relates around the number four. I won't divert. But in any event, one quarter of this is 75 years. This is actually split into thirds.

So we have 25 years and we have 25 years, and we have 25 years. This 25 years, which we've just finished, we're finishing now because we're 325 years from the end of the Kaliyuga, which was in the year 1698. But this 25 years that we're just finishing now is the acknowledgment, the wrap up, the understanding, okay? So look how chaotic it is now. And these last 25 years have been.

And they're like the pinnacle, the absolute culmination of all of these threads of the last 300 years. Einsteinian quantum mechanics taking us nowhere for the last 50 years, all of these various different things that have all reached this peak. People right now are in the process of abandoning quantum mechanics. They're in the process of abandoning the large hand run collider because it yielded nothing, it produced nothing that Einstein said should exist. And so we're going to abandon all of that.

So this is the period of eyes open, okay, looking back. This is the period of eyes open looking around. This is the period of eyes open, looking forward. So the next 25 years, we're going to fight and live and die and have terrible times with the Kazarian mafia, but we're in the process of abandoning it, throwing it away, throwing away all the garbage they put on us, the central banks, Einsteinian stuff, all of this sort of thing, right? And so these are predictable and have been predicted, these periods of time.

So if you live through these next 25 years, this next generation, in the end, part of that generation we will have a huge level of inventions, okay? Mass it's going to be a huge level of invention throughout this next 25 years, no matter what. But in those last five or so years of that 25 year period, it will just balloon out like you will not believe, and it will set the tone for the next 25 years that will then take us into the 2400 years of this ascending Bronze Age. And so that's my view. I'm very optimistic.

Right. So I don't see the destruction of civilization or anything. I see lots of destruction, lots of chaos, lots of angst, murder, mayhem, suffering like you won't believe. Right. But that which does not kill me makes me stronger.

And in fact, I can legitimately say that which does kill me makes me stronger. Know, we're at that phase now. So I love Martin. He's a great guy. I've never seen his code.

His stuff focuses more on, you know, as I say, his viewpoint is, I think, trapped by the grit approach. Right. Yeah. And I used to think that he doesn't take spirituality into account enough, but he does just well, maybe not enough. Maybe he's trapped in the grid.

That makes sense to me, really. So in that sense, I'm optimistic, too. My grandfather, he's the one who said, what doesn't kill you makes you stronger. So in that sense, I'm optimistic just in that same manner. I just wish it wouldn't take so long, because most of us are running out of steam right now.

Most of us on this side of the fence. Many of us are frustrated and just think they can't handle it anymore. I keep telling my friends, I have a really good friend who I met in India when my wife and I spent three weeks there last year at an Ayurveda retreat. And he's a very young ex Deutsche banker. He used to work for Deutsche Bank.

Left in frustration when he saw that it's all corrupt. This is the bank of the Criminals. This is what I realized in 1993 when I was working for them in Tokyo. But he says basically the same thing that you're saying. When he left Deutsche Bank, he spent a year at an Indian ashram.

And he says, this is what's going to happen. It's going to be another 25 and another 25 years. But this is the end for them. They can't win it. But we're going to have to go through some hard times for probably the next 30 years or 25 years or so, just convincing them of that.

Yes, they're good fighters, right. And you got to give them that. They're really evil. They're twisted. They do all these terrible things.

But their persistence has made us stronger. So I've wrestled. I've done judo, karate, all different kinds of fighting, aikido and so on. And I always appreciate an opponent that makes me work for it. But you're quite correct.

We will win. So whenever I get Sagging out, get the down key right? That's when I know it's time to go and work on myself. Most people don't have martial arts training, so they just don't understand that, right. Oh, if I feel it that way, okay, I need to go and rebuild my key force.

But that's where we're at now, is the potential for Sagging. You'll see some level of the Kazarian mafia attempting to take advantage of that. It'll be sort of like tentative kind of things. We didn't really mean COVID we didn't really want you to take these. Everybody can be happy again, that kind of thing, as they try and ingratiate themselves back in.

It's not going to work this time. They don't understand the mechanics of the Kali Yuga and how it's affected people and in fact they deny that such things exist because of the nature of their adherence to Einsteinianism and the linear progression, et cetera, et cetera. So their viewpoint will end up being destroyed. I think September and October are going to be interesting months, very energetic, but by April next year, I think that the hyper novelty will have come out to the point where even the normies will be discussing it. All of the different things that are happening and how people are going to react to that, I just don't know.

It's going to be quite OD because there will just be so much stuff coming out and a lot of it's going to go back thousands of years and so your underpinning for your entire worldview will be thrown over. Nothing you learned in school will turn out to be factual. Yeah, I think this is going to be too much for a lot of people who are going to be caught by surprise. This is going to be utter chaos to them because it's going to destroy their whole worldview. I hope it's going to be different for us because at least in my case, I can say I've been dealing with this for the last three years.

Before that, I knew something wasn't right, but I had absolutely no idea how bad things really are and how much we'd been lied to. I think the one consolation is that while this child abuse ritual, child abuse, child sacrifice stuff is absolutely horrific, at the same time as this is another one of Rima Labo's thoughts, at the same time this is what's going to break their backs. Because once people understand what's been going on and what is still going on, the other side will not be able to explain this away. They can explain away, oh, we made mistakes with the vaccines. Oh well, maybe some of us went too far, stuff like that.

But this cannot be explained away. That's why I think we need to expose this in particular. So that Maui 2000 children missing. How can that be? So that everyone, even if they don't understand the rest of the story, everyone will begin to ask questions and that'll be their downfall.

Ultimately, I think already is you're already seeing the memes out there. It won't be organized, though. It's not going to be like across the social order. So my opinion, what will emerge is that we'll see signs of the change by how fearful the powers that be become. So they won't tell us that they lost two security guards in a sniping attack attempting to get their principle right.

Whether it's Klaus Schwab or Bill Gates or whoever, we just won't learn that. We'll see them becoming very much agitated. They'll start changing all their patterns and this sort of thing, right? I expect that there will be. Okay, so we're at war, all right?

There's a global war going on now, and they're not using nukes, they're not using bombs. They're using these energy weapons because it's so much cheaper and easier to do that than to send an airplane over with stuff you actually had to make. Right. That war is going to escalate in a serious way. Within that war, I think we will see personal private wars and aggrieved parties will start taking vengeance once they know that the larger war is ongoing.

So as the larger war comes out into the open over these next five or six months, I think you will see private reactions to these kind of things that will be very distressing for some of the people that are in charge, because what happens is that a mental threshold is crossed. And so you'll see this shown in movies where usually they start off and they show like, some fit, attractive woman, and she suffers all these horrible things to herself and her family in the early part of the film. And then she goes on to find usually some older guy who instructs her in the martial arts, and then she comes out to be a hit person on the end. Right? Yeah.

And she's doing it because her social cohesion was destroyed in the early part of the movie. And then she gets educated as to what's going on. Okay. So I expect that sort of thing to be happening in real life against the powers that be, to the point that we have social manifestations of it in the you know, I'm actually expecting people to know. Sniper rifles.

And take shots at government officials. And then that really is how it's going to become visible to us, the private parties, who would know if someone took a shot at Klaus Schwab. Nobody knows his schedule, all of this kind of thing. Right. But sooner or later, they're going to start trying to take out some of the corrupt government officials, not necessarily in the United States.

And at that point, we'll start seeing that there's this emerging war between the populace and the oppressors, right, between the Khazarian mafia and all of the people that are now becoming awake. And I actually think it won't be old really awake guys like us that do that. It'll be the new ones that are suffering the shock of it, all right? And a lot of them will have been damaged by what they've gone through.

Okay? So I don't ascribe to the idea of spirituality, okay? Spirituality the notion the concept arises from people that are grit focused, right? Okay. Somehow spirituality is different than the consciousness that they think is imbued in the grit.

So I don't buy that at all. So what people would describe as spirituality, I describe as capacity for consciousness. Consciousness? Yeah. Okay.

So I'm conscious. I have a capacity to some degree for various aspects of spirituality. So I know a guy. Dick. Algae.

He's a great remote viewer. I know other remote viewers. These guys, I don't think of them as messing with spirituality. I think of them as dealing in the consciousness trade. Right.

They have consciousness skills. I know people that are that way. If they get a tarot deck in their hands, they're very keyed in. It's not spirituality. It's an ability to deal with their consciousness, with the material around them.

Other people do it through dreams and this kind of thing. I believe that makes sense. Yeah. And I did it with computer software, right. Teasing the words that leak out of people's consciousness that suggests something's going to come and aggregating them.

And so I did it the hard way, really, it turns out. But in any event, so these guys that do the remote viewing are telling us things, okay? And so they are telling us that we are in a war and that there was a guy that I know of, and I've seen the results who did a remote viewing of the Maui attack a year before it occurred, actually a year and four months before it occurred. And he pegged it to energy weapons and described them, described the pulses, described the noise, described the water burning, all of these things that we saw. That was just part of a larger remote viewing effort that is describing this war that's ongoing now, emerging into the open over these next few months.

And a lot of the spiritual people, the people that are psychically attuned that ride their psy currents and feel this stuff and know that they're psychic and react to it are all feeling the same thing. And we're all bumbling about it in the same kind of way, saying that. And I'm describing it as hyper novelty, but some of them are describing it as, oh, the war with the Khazarians is going to erupt in December. It'll be open, then we'll know about it, that kind of thing. Or they'll say that even weird things like kidnap children on spaceships that'll come out by January.

So I do web scraping. So I concentrate and I see all of these psychic impressions linked out in the text. And in that sense, your supposition about September and October is quite correct. In my work. Well, since slightly before, like maybe two weeks before the Maui attack, we've seen just ratcheting up of all kinds of emotional tension on release language.

Okay. Like a war shocked. So you're releasing the emotion, that kind of thing. Building tension is where you're just keeping it contained. Right.

But you're feeling it, both of those. You can have a ten level released language in that you're jumping up and down and oh my God, or you can have a ten in building tension and then you're just about ready to strike somebody. Okay, so different mindsets. But we're dominating now in release language and it's going to continue to dominate. And I think that's why we're entering in this period of hyper novelty.

But the other people that are trading in psychic business would tend to agree, I think, and that would also support your supposition that September and October are going to be very energetic months and it's going to lead to this hyper novelty emergence. Going to be a very strange time. Yeah. But I agree with you. We have reason to be optimistic because it's going in the right direction, even though it's going to be a tough road to walk for quite a bit.

Not for all of us, but for most of us, I'm afraid, and I tend to agree with you also when you're saying that we need to go through this. It is a necessary experience. I just hope we're going to be able to protect ourselves as best as we can so that we'll come out at the other end mostly unharmed or as unharmed as we could. But that's something that each and every one of us has to deal with for themselves individually. I don't think we can do that as a collective.

Right. That's impossible, I think. Dagma yeah. Cliff I have a little bit a different question. Where does this phenomenon, this energy of love, is located in your worldview?

Because there are many mystics who say existence is made out of the stuff called love. I mean, I now heard nothing where one could guess that. You mean sentiment, too? I don't have that view. Okay, so that's not my view.

All right, so it takes us 85 million lives to become human, all right? So you start off as a spark, you become a bacteria. Ultimately you're an insect, you work your way up. I was a dog for a long time. I had many lives as a dog, okay?

You find these things as you grow older. Any dog that comes around me instantly, we have bond and they can do anything. I tell them it's just because I was a dog, we understand each other. So I got stuck as a dog. Some people get stuck as birds and so on.

Right, okay. So we experience love in those lives and we probably even generate them in those lives, especially when we're dogs, that kind of thing. Right. It is a natural outgrowth of consciousness. But I do not see that love is the guiding force of consciousness.

I do not see it as the guiding force of the material, nor do I see it as an end goal, or nor do I see that there is an end state for the material. So if we had to look at it in a brutally factual way, the best way to characterize it would be the idea of Brahma's dream. So the Hindus had this idea that Brahma, the ultimate god of everything, goes to sleep and dreams and we're all his dream. And then at some point he's going to wake up and we'll all disappear. Then he'll look around and then he'll go back to sleep and dream another dream.

So this is harsh because when he wakes up and we all disappear, we're not coming back. Right? So you have to understand that in that viewpoint, love is something that you treasure but you don't necessarily expect, and you value it. It's interesting because you give it away in order to value it. So it's not held that way, but it is not.

So I do not have the viewpoint that a lot of the spiritual people or a lot of the Christian mystics or whatever might have it's very much more, I want to say mechanical to us in a certain sense. Right, okay. So love is a vibration that exists in the material. But it is one of the qualities, just like intuition and creativity, it's one of the qualities that makes us human. And I do know that a lot of people drift off into love is everything without really knowing what they're talking about.

It's something that seems to give them an anchor. But I still don't think that not everyone, but most of the people who I've seen, we have love is the only answer, and love is everything.

It's not palpable. It is nothing that they can't even deal with it. They believe in it in a strange way, but they can't deal with it. But I do think that this is one of the qualities that makes us human. And that the other side, the Kazarians don't have, they're not capable.

That's why I think in a medical, clinical way, and this is not my idea, but this is after I have done all these interviews and then I delved into psychopathy of the psychology and then the psychopathy of who the other side is, I think in a clinical way, the definition of psychopaths is probably correct. At least that's what the medical experts tell me. So they'd lack this quality, they lack any other human quality as well. And that is very strange. But it is important to know that, because if you don't know it, you don't know how to defend yourself against these people because you believe that if you talk to them, the politicians, the media people, those puppets they're using, they're also psychopaths, not.

All of them. Of course, you continue to believe that. If only, like you, I got through to them. If only they would understand. They don't give a shit.

They don't care. They're not capable of sympathetic vibration, so they're not capable of that vibrational area. I don't expect that out of humans. I had a real rough upbringing as an army brat. Right.

We won't go into the details, but it was rough. So I don't expect that as a dominating force. And I know that the Khazarians you're quite correct, they are psychopaths. They may actually not even be able to have certain kinds of emotions because of that genetic modification for them. But that genetic modification, by the way, does not extend to the ashkenazi.

The ashkenazi Jews are wrapped around the Khazarians like a protective cloak, a sacrificial cloak. And this is the way it's always been, right? So they intend to sacrifice the Jews when the heat gets too much. And this is why I've been, for all of these years, been so consistent about saying, it's not the Jews, it's the Khazarians. Pay attention.

Makes perfect sense. They're hiding behind the Jews. That's what's happening. Right? And they are pretenders.

That's all they do. There's a book out there. Codex oralinda. You may be familiar with it. It's the ancient pre teutonic language text.

It goes back to, like, 800 Ad and further back. And in there, they call the Khazarians the name stealers. And the Khazarians sat at a central hub. And what this guy who wrote it in Holland wrote this particular section in there. He was complaining because the Khazarians would have the Chinese come on over to do business with the people in Holland.

And the Khazarians would entrap the Chinese, give them a nice meal, poison them, take all of their effects, put one of the Khazarians in their gear and send them in to do the deal, get all the money and stuff and come back. And so the Khazarians were in between always stopping all these deals. They did it by impersonation, which was called name stealing in this old book. Okay? So this is why you see Jews taking other names is because the Khazarians did this name stealing at this very deep level.

And anything that they want to normalize, they push out into the Jewish social order such that you'll think it's the Jews doing it, not the Khazarians. Right? And I've got a lot of Jewish friends. A lot of people think I'm just a terrible anti Semite and nothing could be further from the truth. But they think that because I say that the Khazarians are not Semitic people.

They are not Judeans, and the Judeans are not Jews. And there were no Jews in Judea, nor any Jews in the Bible. And that this is a mechanism for protection that the Khazarians have engineered over all of these centuries. This is coming out now. And so as we get further into the Bronze Age and all of this stuff comes out, it becomes increasingly difficult to maintain the illusion.

And so we see that these illusionists are going to try maybe a grand illusion which is being discussed now. This grand illusion will have a series of events that will end up with Joe Biden going away, not going to jail or anything, somehow withdrawing, and Kamala Harris not being put in place, or maybe temporarily, but somehow they're going to try and run Obama's wife, Big Mike Obama, as a woman for president. Okay? That's really their only option. And this is like, in my mind, this is like stupid beyond belief because it's going to open up all of know gender issues.

And then once you acknowledge that Michelle is Michael Obama, then you got to ask yourself, where did those two kids come from? Exactly. And there's these rumors floating around with the real parents and even their names, the real parents names have been made public. Sure, this is a dangerous, dangerous move. I mean, this is a great move as far as I'm concerned.

But for them, it's extremely dangerous and stupid, as you said. And will they see that level of stupidity? How can they not see it? Right, yeah. But these people, they don't think as we do, as you were saying, you can talk to them until you were quite literally blue in your face, and it will achieve nothing because they cannot hear you.

They hear the words, but they're never going to be receptive to them. And so this is the war. This is a battle that we're in now. Is the Bug behind a lot of this? Okay, so I met people in hyperspace beings, hominids, that taught me things that I had conversations with that were also battling the Bug.

And I met one group or one guy who represented a planet. He was there seeking solutions. That's why people mainly go to hyperspace, is to seek novel solutions, because novelty exists there. That's what Terrence McKenna discovered, that novelty exists there at a level that is just truly fantastic. And probably all of our creativity and our inventions originate from our ShoShona, connecting us to the outer part of the materium where it connects into hyperspace.

Right, but anyway, so I met people there that had thrown the Bug out of their planet. And this one guy was ever so happy to meet me because he knew that we would be battling the Bug and he had things to tell me about how to do this. And we had great conversations, and I learned so much from that guy. I repaid him because they had ideas that they could not conceive of, just as we have things we can't conceive of until they're presented to us. And so he told me about the nature of time and how it works and this kind of thing.

Incredible education, like much more. It was the best university in the material okay? It is truly that it makes la una Manet's size look minuscule. But anyway, this guy taught me things and then I helped him out because he couldn't understand on his planet their conditions had changed, their environment had changed due to stuff happening and they were facing some problems that they hadn't encountered before. And he was there seeking a solution.

And it was like I looked at him and I kind of thought I'm really stoned and stuff. It's like well, it's kind of obvious, guys. You need paint, you need a sacrificial layer to put on all of your stuff for this dust that's eroding your materials. And it's like they never thought of a sacrificial layer on anything. And so he was just radically pleased and could not do enough for me.

And I met him there repeatedly, four times. It's difficult to arrange those sorts of things. Maybe he had been there hundreds of times and I only saw in those four right happenstance and so on, but truly phenomenal education. And so his thing was that we were just at that point where as our species were just getting into the point where we can throw off the bug and we've had this. So by my way of thinking, the Elohim and the Devas and those kind of people, they invaded us 12,000 plus years back.

And we've been dealing with them in the descending side of the yugas. And in my opinion, they probably prey on planets that are like us, that are yuga bound, that suffer the yugas and they come on in when we're heading into a decreasing mentitian side in order to take over. And so they're very predatory kind of beings, but so we've been dealing with this for 12,000 plus years. We've been dealing with the Khazarians for 6000 years and we're just in the process of getting rid of them. So of course, this is not a simple one, two, three kind of a job.

This is a multidecatal long process. Even though we will burst out into hyper novelty next year, we'll still be dealing with it 50 years out. I'm still glad this is going the way it's going. And I'm glad that even those of us who haven't made the experiences you've made, even those of us can relate to what you're saying. Because this is what this really is.

The Kazarian mafia is know the talented Mr. Ripley on a horrific scale only. And they may be being directed by space aliens and the right. Yeah, yeah, absolutely. That's what I believe.

After everything you told us today, this is great. This is great, Cliff. This was enlightenment and fun too. Okay, so enlightenment doesn't usually come with fun. Sometimes it does.

We have to do more of this. I know that most of our viewers, if not all of them, are just delighted to see what you have to tell them. And for many of us, for me in particular, some of the things that have been floating around and I couldn't really connect with the other stuff, the other dots. All of a sudden, it does begin to make sense. I'm not saying I understand everything, but it does begin to make sense.

And that's what it should. This is great. Again, is there anything that we need to know that you feel that we should have discussed but haven't? Universe provides and guides. It'll show up and we'll get together again.

Great. Very good. Well, it's a real pleasure. Thank you, Cliff. Thank you very much.

Been very nice talking with you. Nice talking to you. See you later. Bye.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Innovation fading away – 06-14-2023

Innovation fading away - 06-14-2023

Innovation fading away - 06-14-2023

Episode Summary:

The speaker addresses topics such as brittleness in fighting, cultural Marxism, and the arrest of Trump. They discuss their belief in a Khazarian Mafia that manipulates the Jewish population and criticize various historical narratives. They touch on mind control, secret space programs, and the manipulation of cultural dynamics. The speaker also alludes to the discovery of hidden truths, including space aliens, and the breaking down of deep state control. Towards the end, they briefly mention stopping for coffee and trying to download an app.

The text discusses a conspiracy theory involving the suppression of technology by the Khazarian Mafia, emphasizing a desire for control over humanity. The speaker believes in the existence of revolutionary technologies like water-powered cars and highly efficient engines, but argues that they are kept hidden to maintain the status quo. The author also mentions issues with current electric cars, blaming negative ions for reduced efficiency. They touch on societal changes that might emerge, including exposure to UFOs, as society moves beyond the control of the Khazarian Mafia. The overall tone is critical of this perceived secretive control over technology and human freedom.

The text posits various conspiracy theories including the existence of undersea bases and large-scale mining operations by non-humans. It discusses the alleged involvement of the Kazarean mafia with aliens seeking human abdominal fats. The text also claims that the consumption of seed oils, manipulated by aliens, causes a specific type of fat accumulation in humans. It further criticizes the peer review process in academic publishing, calling it flawed and biased. The text concludes by deriding authority and hierarchical structures, suggesting that they lack true understanding.

The speaker reflects on the idea that humans are being harvested by aliens, with a significant number of people going missing every year. The text also criticizes peer review and academia for hiding this information. The speaker seems to accept that space aliens may be involved in nefarious activities, including human trafficking. They express concern about how society will react as this information becomes more widely accepted, warning against naïve trust in aliens. The speaker suggests that people must be realistic about the potential dangers posed by extraterrestrials, understanding that their interests may not align with ours.

#AbdominalFats #academia #android #Antarctica #app #authority #battery #brittleness #BulgingAbdomen #coffee #communism #constitutionalrepublic #constitutionalRepublic #control #CowMutilations #culturallevel #culturalMarxism #deepState #deviancy #dieselengine #disruption #download #efficiency #electriccar #electricity #Errors #expansivetechnology #exotictechnology #fakenews #fats #fear #flyingcars #freedom #galaxy #GeorgeJetson #Germany #Harvested #Hitler #HollowEarth #humantrafficking #HumanHarvesting #illusions #indigenouspeople #InnerAbdominalFats #integration #JewishCulture #JewishPopulation #Jews #KazareanMafia #Kazareanmafia #KhazarianMafia #liberatingtechnology #Liposuction #logicalfallacy #LogicalFallacies #lockdown #manufacturing #mindControl #Mining #missingpeople #MKUltra #neutrinoDetectors #newnarrative #negativeions #ocean #paradigmchanges #ParadigmShift #paranoia #PeerReview #peerreview #peoplefarm #planet #politicalstructure #PolyunsaturatedFattyAcids #pot #PrussiaGate #Publication #revolution #rotaryengine #Russia #SeedOils #shelvedinventions #snatched #solarsystem #SouthPole #spacealien #SpaceAliens #spacealiens #secretSpaceProgram #StephenGreer #suppression #technology #Tesla #torque #Trump #UFOs #UnderwaterBases #understanding #WashingtonState #WeimarRepublic #whitepeople #whistleblowers

Innovation fading away - 06-14-2023

Hello humans. Hello humans. The 14 June hang on a second. Keep from getting killed. Logging trucks all over and stuff happening.

Heading into town here and we're at almost 08:00. It's like 6 minutes till interesting days. All of this stuff about the Trump arrest, so that's a sign of brittleness, okay? So in fighting, you know, you run across opponents occasionally that have their own issues that, you know, there's something going on with them, whether, you know, it's wrestling, karate or whatever, but it's this internal thing and they're brittle, okay? They don't have the emotional stamina to be basically calm and see how things are and analyze and this sort of thing.

So we're dealing with a very brittle and communism itself is brittle. It's a made up ideology. And this cultural Marxism business is yet another evolution of that. It's going to fail. It's failing now, and the brittleness of it is all showing.

That's why they arrested him. I don't expect well, I expect quite a bit of stuff to happen as a result of this, but it's going to happen anyway, and we're going to have our, our shift, our change, which is going to be great. You know, all of my life I've lived under the gazerian mafia. Deep state fake news guys, right? Now it's busting out.

Now we're breaking it up. And these guys are freaking out because they're just like me, mostly. All of this system is run by old farts, right, that are even older than I am. And so they've lived all their lives under this system they've created and they feel and take some comfort in it because it protects them. They've got everything set up to protect them, but all that stuff is breaking down now.

So they've got the Caxarean mafia wraps themselves in the Jewish population, and then they mind control the Jewish population more than the rest of the planet in order that the Jewish population will sacrifice themselves for the Khazarian mafia. They don't understand it's a Khazarian mafia. They don't understand they're being used by Satanists, but nonetheless, all of their mental structure is supported by the Khazarians created by the Khazarians such that they will such that the Jewish population will have a particular attitude about things, right, such that they'll be insulative, insular, self contained, et cetera. Go on. All these, any aspect of the Jewish culture that you care to name is more likely than not influenced and directed by the Khazarerian mafia for their own aims.

So anyway, this is a time where the Jewish population is going to have to confront this. They're going to have to come to terms with what's been done to them and the evil that they hide within their tribe, okay? Plus they're going to also have to start acknowledging that their understanding of their own religious history is bogus. So Jews were never in Egypt, right? The pharaoh is not the name of the king of Egypt.

It's the name of the tribal headmasters of the Yemeni tribes that were conquered by the L. The L does not mean God. Elohim does not mean God in its multiplicities. These are space aliens. And so they're going to have to come to terms with this.

There's also a lot of other stuff they're going to have to come to terms with. Like all of the Holocaust stuff, right? So Charlie Ward got pushed out of a position he tried to engineer himself into because he was being a Holocaust denier on stage at a place where, like, Trump's kids are Jewish, right? Jewishness goes through the mother's line. And so he's got Jewish kids, and they don't want to hear that the Holocaust was bogus.

There was a holocaust. There is a holocaust. It's minor compared to the Jewish Holocaust. It's not Jewish. It was primarily Romanesque peoples gypsies.

If you go and look at the numbers, there's no 6 million Jews that were killed.

There's discrepancies about all of this stuff, right? And so there is the narratig created by the Kazarean mafia to get the Jews to think a particular way about this. Then there's the reality, and we're going to be discussing a lot of the reality because we're going to go into all of that history. Now is the time as we're moving into this Bronze Age period.

I'm going to have to stop up here in a minute. I'm going to try and download an app. We have no cell service. I'm going to be close to a cell phone. I'm going to see if this is going to work.

Probably my phone is on a version of the OS that won't support this app anyway, but I've got to try and make the effort to download it here. So we'll stop in a second and do that. Anyway. So, as I was saying, so now is the time that we're going to start seeing some level of visible contention within the Jewish cultural dynamic, okay? So there will be synagogues that are going to bust apart, all right?

There's going to be all kinds of corporation and relationship divorces within the Jewish culture as they start coming to terms with the Khazarean mafia and what has been done to Jews for these last few thousand years, right?

They're as abused as anybody else, and probably more so, in my opinion, because the Kazarean mafia needs to keep them in a particular mindset so that these guys will sacrifice themselves.

That's just the way it is. It's interesting to a certain extent to see how mind controlled the Jewish population is. So there were two or three Jewish field marshals, lots of Jewish generals, two or 300,000 hardcore SS guys that were all Jewish in Hitler's army. And in fact, most of the radicalization of Hitler and most of the problems that were caused by the Hitler regime being taken over by the Nazis was due entirely to the Kazarean mafia inculcated into a Jewish based, like, fierce homosexual cult. You need to go read the Prussia Gate series on Will Zal's substac and get into that and read about how that aspect of it caused lots of the major cultural eruptions that are characterized as Nazism.

And it's a perverted aspect of the Khazarian Mafia's version of Jewishness. Right. It has nothing to do with Judaism as a religion. It has more to do with the culture that they try to create in order to protect themselves. And this gets way squirrely.

If you go way deep in it, you keep coming back to space aliens. And like yesterday, we had the very nice, interesting presentation by Stephen Greer and his buddies, his whistleblowers in DC about the secret space program and all the weird ass shit that these people are trying to pull with the secret space program. An interesting aspect of it was all of the stuff coming out about Antarctica, the neutrino detectors, how they're using it to detect the appearance of these craft and could in fact be sort of like air traffic control from the South Pole. So very, very interesting. I'm fascinated to think and observe that it might be that we'll slide, that our cultural paradigm will slide from the Khazarean Mafia deep state, Jewish overlay.

It's all breaking down. It's all going away anyway, no matter what. That's for certain. All that's going to break off. But it may be replaced.

I know that we're going to go through a period of examination of the nature of the Republic and all of this kind of stuff and get back into a reconstituted constitutional republic here. But it may also be that we're going to slide right into the understanding that there's space aliens all the hell and gone and we've got interactions with them and all of this kind of stuff. I'm stopping here for a second. We'll have some coffee.

Coffee is good stuff. And then I'll try and get this app down. I don't know that it's going to do it. Come on, let's see.

Anyway, so it may indeed be that we end up sliding right into a George Jetson kind of a world with space aliens in it, right out of right out of the box, so to speak, right. That will just go right from where we are with this very sort of like prosaic it android. Okay.

All right. It's saying it's starting to download. I don't know that it will. We don't have hardly any connection out here anyway. So as I say, well, there's hope.

I knew it would take some time to go into George Jetson world with the flying cars and all of that.

We have that technology as the thing, right? So we know that that stuff exists. It's just not readily available because they keep suppressing it. So the reason they keep suppressing it is that the Kazarean Mafia that doesn't sound good.

It hang on. Okay. All right.

Jeez. There we go. All right, okay. Anyway, yeah. So it may be that the Kazarean Mafia decides that, well, the Kazarean Mafia doesn't like humans having any kind of freedom, right?

They want us all locked down in their little 15 minutes prison cities and all of this kind of shit, and they invent this weird ass climate cris and got to force you into it. It's all a religion. I don't know what they're basically trying to do MKUltra stuff on the whole of the population. And there's a lot of us that are totally immune to that shit, right? We like smoke pot.

We're not going to take that shit seriously. We're in control of our own minds relative to what the Kazarian Mafia is trying to pump out. But anyway, so they want us all in these little lockdown things. And so they are never, ever going to allow technology that we could think of as expansive or emboldening or liberating for individual humans that is antithical to their overall paradigm, which is control of all humans. And so as long as the Khazarian Mafia Jewish culture has control of the patent office and all of the academia, especially in terms of the early funders for technology, so that's what they do.

They've got a whole crew out there that goes around looking for really cool technology. They're all whipped up about it. They fund it, and then they gradually wear it down until they end up owning it, and then they shelve it. So we always hear about cars run on water, tesla's car that took electricity out of the air and through a circuit with a little device that was on the bottom of the tire that caused grounding. Anyway, but all these things are shelved, you're not driving them now, et cetera, et cetera.

In fact, there was even in 19, I want to say it was like 1923 or 24, there was this guy that invented something that was sort of similar to a rotary engine. It wasn't quite that concept, but it was diesel. And their little trials, I think they made like three of them. One of them was in Russia, and I think it's still in a museum. They sold it to the Russian government at the time, right?

This was after the revolution and the Russian Revolution, guys, this is before the Bolsheviks took over. They did the negotiation. So this would have been like 1916 or something, right? So there was a Russian Revolution in 1914, and then the Khazarian Mafia Jewish culture came in and took it over in 1917 and started slaughtering Jews and they fled Russia like mad. Why they do this, I don't know.

But in any event, though, the Khazarians started slaughtering Jews in Russia, forced them out, they moved to Germany. That's caused all the problems in the Weimar Republic later. But they were actually forcing homosexuals and all kinds of deviancy out of Russia at that point, even though the people that were doing it were the most deviant kind of fucks you could ever imagine. Anyway, though, so they won't have any kind of liberating technology. But we have had these like I say, there was this rotary diesel engine that was prototyped and made and even one sold to Russia.

And this thing was like we would think of it as like three big cylinders. It wasn't really a cylinder kind of an operation. It was more of a rotary plates. So the pistons didn't go up and down so much as like the piston housings rotated over each other in order to put the fuel in and cause compression and all of this. It was just an elegant design.

Basically. There were three or four large moving plates that were on a on a shaft and it was extremely easy to construct and so on and so on the damn thing at that time. Of course, the trucks are a lot lighter then, right? But it was designed for trucks and tractors and things and it would get like over 1000 miles to a small tank of diesel. I don't know how big the tank was, so it's difficult for us to come up with an estimate for like miles per gallon of diesel.

But this thing was hugely efficient. The torque levels were just totally off the chart because it was the central shaft that I won't go into it. The details were really cool, but probably only to the engineering guys. In any event, though, because they're a Mafia, doesn't want anybody to have any expensive technology. That's why they want to take away your car.

That's why they want to give you an electric car that takes you twelve fucking hours to charge up and it's only going to get you 200 miles. They swear it gets 400 miles, but in practicality it doesn't. I've got a guy down here that I've talked to in a town about 30 miles south of me that has to come in to do shopping, as I do. And he's got an electric car and he had to go buy one of those little smart car guys because he could only get 72 miles off of a charge. Now, the electric vehicle guys, I don't remember the name of the brand of it.

I think it's like a Volvo or something. But in any event, they're telling him it's because of where he's located on the ocean that his battery is going to be constantly subjected to these high levels of negative ions in the air. All of which is true, and that it'll cause the problems with the battery to have a long cycle charge and a short cycle discharge. Now, I don't know that that's true. I think that maybe they're just trying to alibi it.

But nonetheless, this guy's had this car here for like three years when he first started off. Now, of course, they all work better when you first get them and then the performance degrades over time as the battery degrades. But when he first got it, he says he swears he can get 150 miles out of it with no problem, and now it's at half that. So he can't even really use it to go into town because he's like, I think he's like, I am. He's got to do over 40 miles each way.

And so at 72 miles, he gets stuck. He's got to charge somewhere, and charging in town is a pain in the ass, and he's got to pay for it. He pays for it at home. But nonetheless anyway, so the Kazarians want to lock us all down. They want to keep us all in these little prisons and control us all.

That's their whole thing. They're desperately afraid, and they've got to control us all. Now, here's the real rub, though, right? So our social order is going to come out of this illusion, out of the Kazarian mafia Jewish culture illusion that's been put on us. We're going to bust up and get rid of the fake news.

We'll get rid of the fake academia. Everything's going to be in huge amount of disruption and dynamically being investigated and all of this. As all these things happen and we'll uncover all kinds of new history, there will be just a big change all the way around relative to that as we emerge from this into a constitutional republic again and keep rebuilding. We got to rebuild our infrastructure. We got to rebuild our manufacturing.

Yada, yada, yada. As all of this is happening, we may come out into an understanding that our planet is being visited by UFOs. Now, the UFOs may live here. That's indetermined. We just don't know.

There may be some living at the South Pole. The parts of the planet may be hollow. They can go and hide in there. They may be going underwater. They may have undersea bases.

In fact, we know that this is a case that there are underwater and undersea bases and that there's a large scale mining operation going on out in the Pacific that is not being done by humans, okay? And so a lot of this information may come out, and we'll have to fold it into our accepted cultural narrative. And so all the normies are going to have to get used to this idea. Well, along with that idea is going to come this wicked idea that humans are being harvested, that we live on a human ranch, and they come along and they harvest us, and they take us away and do something with us, okay? And it's not just a single they.

So it is suspected that the Kazarean mafia is dealing with and is in league with and is submissive to a group of space aliens that just love abdominal fats on humans, right? And they take humans, and they take these abdominal fats out, they render them down, and then they basically smoke them, right? They get really high off of these things.

That may just as an aside, that may be one of the reasons that they push in specific chemical formulations for oils. And they're trying to get us to everybody use all of these oils and stuff, the seed oils, okay? So seed oils, when you ingest them, when they've been heated, they form these things called puffa, right? Polyunsaturated fatty acids. These polyunsaturated fatty acids cause problems with your body in that they'll go into your fat cells and they are not easily recovered.

So your body will put some in a fat cell, and then later on, when it needs some energy, it'll go back to that fat cell, but it'll pass on that one because it's too hard to get the energy out of it because it's filled up with one of these fatty acids instead of an amino acid. Complex fat and protein. All right. And so it's not natural, so to speak, right? And so it's not a true fat.

Now, here's what this causes. This causes the same effect in humans. In some humans, not everybody, but in most, it causes the same effect as massive amounts of liposuction. And so if you were to take and suction off all of the fat around your abdomen and on your hips and take that fat away, your body will compensate by using fat cells that are in between the liver and the intestines, in between the intestines and the spleen and all of that. These are called inner abdominal fats, okay?

This is what the space aliens smoke. This is what they want. So they may be doing to us, as we do to beef, so we can raise beef in such a way as to raise the fat level, soften the flesh, like the Japanese beat the special beef here that's that way. So we may be being raised in order to cultivate particular kinds of humans that have this bulging out abdomen that is filled with all this inner fat. So you see especially with men, you'll see men that get this abdominal bulge and when they breathe, they're breathing.

Their abdomen really isn't moving a lot because it's being pressed by all the inner fats. That's what these aliens are after. When we go and we find the mutilated cows and stuff, right, and all of the stuff they're taking out of them, it's still going on, by the way. The cow mutilations are still happening and even sheep and this kind of thing. When we find them, we do find that there are a lot of them that have had this inner abdominal fat removed along with the eyes, part of the jaws and this sort of thing, right?

So anyway, so that may be an aspect of it. It may be that it was just that the money broke down and we couldn't afford real fats anymore, and so they went to seed oils because they were cheaper. That is true. That's factual. But it may be that we were directed to go to seed oils in this process because the space aliens discovered, oh, we can get our crop here, our goy, the goyim, the human cattle to have better fats if we give them seed oils.

I don't know. Undetermined a speculation, but perhaps meaningful. Anyway, so as we come out of this period, as we go through 2024, 2025, and we start emerging into this new paradigm that we're building, and the narrative is falling away, we're no longer accepting the narrative being put out by the Kazarian mafia and the Jewish culture. And we say, no, I'm not going to listen to you academics. You're obviously lying.

Your peer review process is horseshit, by the way. They did find that out. Anybody that says, oh, it's not peer reviewed, it's like, good, because that fucking peer review is no good at all. It doesn't eliminate errors, and it reduces what gets printed down to the lowest possible mind. So what they do is they'll send it out to eight or ten people, these journals, eight or ten academics, and then they have a threshold.

Maybe if three academics say, this is crap, they don't publish it, right? Or if they have concerns with it or whatever, this journal won't publish it, and they get a lot of submissions. I was staggered, really. But in any event, out of literally millions, 5 million scientific articles published out of 30,000 scientific and engineering journals that all use peer review, we find that it does not eliminate errors, right? Out of the millions of these things, over half of those articles had errors in them.

Like errors of science. Not just simply spelling mistakes, that sort of thing, but like factual errors that should have thrown out that idea, should have caused that article to be rejected. And so the peer review process passes those, and what do they eliminate? They eliminate anything that these eight or ten people can't understand. So if you're smarter than the eight or ten people in your particular magazine group that they send it to so say you're into cell microchemistry, right?

Cell biology, cellular chemistry. If you're smarter and you come up with something and you come up with an idea that is smarter than the seven or eight people that they send it to and they can't grasp what you're trying to say, or it goes against their paradigm, then they'll say, no, no, this is bogus. Blah, blah, blah, and you don't get published. So there was a guy who did a review of non published articles, and he didn't even read them. He just did the title, the Personalities and the Abstract, I think, as well as the dates.

And something else. There was one other item, I can't remember what, anyway, and he ran through and on those that were rejected, they fell into two categories, basically really fucking stupid and or bland or no new material there, right? Nothing to excite the readers and that was about 60% of all of those articles that were rejected. But 40% of those articles that were rejected were simply too far in advance of the rest of the field to be able to be evaluated by the people that they sent it to. And they know this.

I mean, they know this when it comes back. And the guy says, I don't understand this. And it's not that it's wrong. It's like it's probably right, but I'm just not educated enough in this particular stuff to be able to say it's correct. And so that's really what you want in the peer review process, is to publish those that have some level of ambiguity as to what's going on and let people debate it and stuff.

But we don't have that right. We have this weird you can't criticize our magazine because we're peer reviewed. And it's again, it's a part of this aspect of authority, the call to authority, which is one of the logical fallacies of debate and argument because authority don't know shit. It's simply an authority and you just believe it and go along with it because of the hierarchical structure of the thing you're working in.

It's a logical fallacy in terms of debate, but basically that's what peer review is, is the authority of the group is what causes that to be thought to be valuable. In any event, though, so here we are. We pop out of all of this. We lose a lot of academia. We lose a lot of our illusions as to what's actually going on in our world.

And we're presented with the idea that we're on a people farm and that we're being harvested and millions of people go missing every year in Washington State. We've got a real problem with indigenous people going missing. Now, I'm not saying it's space aliens taking these people, but we have got cases of missing people here, indigenous people, as well as just regular white people walking around that go missing and they're never, ever found. And so statistically, there's too many going missing that are never found for this to be anything other than a very negative kind of a situation for it to be anything other than an indication of nefarious activity. So you could say, okay, x number of people go missing every year, and we're likely to find a significant percentage of them in one way or another.

Maybe they go missing hiking and so there could be a certain number of hikers you're not going to find. They fall off of cliffs, they aren't seen for years, their body lies there and rots away of the animals, separate the bones, and they're just never found. But that's actually not that common, that's not that frequent. We actually rather have the other opposite thing, where people go missing all the time, but they're usually reasonably quickly found, unless they don't want to be hang on a second. In any event, though, so we're going to pop out and have a whole new operating narrative, right?

This narrative we have to create. We have to look at the narrative that's going on and we're going to have to say there is a lot of unknowns here because the Kazarean mafia and academia, the fake news, all of these guys, the political structure has kept this information from us quite deliberately in order that this situation might occur, that we may have this structure here where we're ignorant that we're being harvested by space aliens. Potentially.

We know that there's vast quantities of human trafficking going around. If you looked at this stuff from Stephen Greer yesterday, from his whistleblowers, they even talk about human trafficking and exotic technology. It was very interesting to listen to that.

I think it's probably all reasonably factual presentations aside, it seems like the information is reliable and legit. Anyway, I got to get in and get some stuff done and then I've got a few more, few more stops. It's one of those days and it doesn't look like the app is going to come down.

And I run Linux so there's not a lot of Linux support for Android phones and stuff anyway so we'll just let it sit.

Okay. So anyway guys, that's the thinking here is that we're going to come into a very strange world in which I don't know okay, so as the paradigm changes how are people going to react? Right? Are they going to start getting paranoid? Is everybody going to want to carry a gun?

Are they going to be afraid to go out at night for fear of being snatched by a space alien? We'll probably have to go through something like that at a cultural level. As this information gets put out there and people starting accepting it, it's going to be quite OD. But for one thing for sure is that anybody that starts talking about oh, our space alien brothers and they're here to help us and all of that, it's like no people, you're so deluded that you're a danger to me. I'm not going to interact with you.

You're going to get yourself and people around you killed. You have to understand that no being in this universe is altruistic unless they're getting something out of it. We have to have that assumption and I don't think any of these aliens are altruistic at all that they're coming here for their own purposes, which is factual and that those purposes are not necessarily aligned with our best interest. Right? I don't really want to have the fats they wouldn't come after me.

I'm not that fat anyway. But I wouldn't want to have my fats harvested, right? This is not an idea of mine. That's something I'm shooting for. But nonetheless, this is what we're going to have to go through is the integration of this idea into our understanding of ourselves, our planet and our solar system and our galaxy.

But we'll see. How it might take years for that to happen. Years and years and years. We'll see. Anyway, do another one.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


mother WEFfing Earth Changes – 05-25-2023

mother WEFfing Earth Changes - 05-25-2023

mother WEFfing Earth Changes - 05-25-2023

Episode Summary:

The author recounts their experiences with data processes and how over time, the accuracy of their predictions changed. They recall accurately predicting an earthquake, but faced challenges discerning between two major events in the same year. They also mention the influence of external factors like censorship, controlled language environments, and the WEF's manipulation of language. They suggest the WEF's activities led to inaccuracies in their data, especially concerning earth changes. The author also hints at the impact of these changes on psychics' predictions.

The author acknowledges missing signs of the Khazarians' and the World Economic Forum (WEF)'s long-term plans to influence global perceptions, especially regarding climate science. They reflect on how the orchestrated misinformation impacted their data-driven predictions. They discuss the engineered emotional reactions and perceptions in society and dispute various predictions, like Planet X. The author indicates a struggle with discerning genuine data from manipulated narratives and realizes their initial analyses were affected. They close, alluding to more insights gained from the WEF's language but need to tend to greenhouse duties.

#DataProcess #EarthquakePrediction #Censorship #ControlledLanguage #WEF #EarthChanges #Predictions #Accuracy #Khazarians #WEF #ClimateScience #Misinformation #Predictions #DataManipulation #WorldEconomicForum #EngineeredPerceptions #PlanetX #MunchausensByProxy #BabyPlanetEarth

mother WEFfing Earth Changes - 05-25-2023

Hello, humans. Hello, humans.

25 May 839 something like that. In the morning, probably like maybe 845. Sitting out, taking some sun. Hang on a second. No dog, leave my coffee alone.

She discovered she liked coffee. Probably it's just the cream and sugar. I don't know, maybe she likes coffee. Anyway, so, taking a break for going in and doing some work in the greenhouse, getting a bit of morning sun, and I thought to talk about my data process and how things work and some interesting conclusions I've come to recently. So I'm old, I'm retired, I'm in the no fucks given phase of life.

And so I got interested in where my process went wonky and why. Okay, I put a lot of time in it over these years. It was productive. It was extremely accurate in things like bitcoin, those sorts of things. I've got no reason to complain about it at all.

Well, okay, so I've got a lot of reasons to complain about it a shitload of work, but nonetheless, it was accurate in many regards and extremely accurate in a lot of different ways, but then it went wonky in other ways that it should not have, right?

It's like if you use a chunk of code to add a big column of figures, and while the figures changed every time you did the addition of them, say, maybe there's just 30 numbers, you're going to use a little software routine and you're going to add these 30 numbers and come up with a conclusion. And it works repeatedly. And every time you do an addition here, you throw away that column and you get a new column of numbers. And just because the numbers themselves change, the process of the addition does not, and the size of the sum should change, and that's an expected part of the process, but the process should not become inaccurate for any reason relative to the actual addition part. And yet that's what seemingly was going on within my software over these past 30 plus years, and I blamed a lot of it on censorship.

As it became apparent in like, 2007 that we were entering into a controlled language environment, I started thinking that it was a censorship that was causing some of these issues and an unexpected variance between timing results and emotional values on results. Okay? And I can get into the details at some point. I find it interesting, but probably most people won't. But nonetheless, here's the issue.

There were times when I had spectacular hits on Earth kind of changes, right, like manifest things like volcanoes and this sort of shit, right? One spectacular one. Whatever the cause of the earthquake was, both the timing and the result of the Bonda Aji earthquake, okay? That was way the fuck back when. That year before that earthquake happened, which was at the very end of the year, Boxing Day, december 26 before that earthquake happened, at the very beginning of that year, I had a forecast that described this earthquake, its damage level.

300,000 people killed, a nation knocked back to a previous age, cities scraped clean, all this kind of stuff accurately describing the earthquake. And I was doing that almost a year ahead of time. It was in January and February that I was doing the data run that provided that information about that earthquake. Now, it got a little wonky because there was another earthquake that year that had a celebrity component, so it had this heightened emotional impact. And my data set could not discriminate between these two earthquakes, which happened in the same year, separated by, like, eight months, right?

So I think it was maybe May of that year that we had the Scott Peterson trial in California during which there was an earthquake that caused the courtroom to be emptied by people jumping out of windows and shit, right? And that was in my data sets. All these descriptors of people freaking out and jumping out of windows and celebrities being involved, all this kind of thing. So I got that earthquake correct, but there was no 300,000 dead, there was no nation knocked back to a previous age, none of that.

So this is like May. And I thought, okay, this is really goofy here. It is so accurate in this, why not the rest? And I naturally assume it was my own screw up in interpreting the data. Hang on a second.

A lot of pollen out here.

Anyway. And so in interpreting the data, I just assumed I'd made a mistake. I didn't have the concept then of what's? What we now called data masking, where an event looms so large in one faction. In this case, the emotional intensity around the celebrity aspect of the Scott Peterson trial.

That it. Has a tendency to blend into and mask the difference in time between it and some other event within that same data run forecast period. And so I know that now I would have written it into the algorithm to discriminate against that so that I wouldn't have had that kind of an issue. But at the time, I didn't.

Hang on a second there. Okay, anyway, so we had that period of like, eight months where I thought that it had failed, and then we had the Bondage earthquake. And it's like, oh, okay, this stuff makes sense now. I'm thinking years on, decades on, why did this occur? Why were there so many failed predictions, timing wise and everything else relative to Earth kind of stuff, right?

Earth changes kind of stuff when it was so spectacular in the early days with those kinds of results and results I'd been getting in 2000 for 2001, 997 for 98, that kind of thing were really accurate. I thought I was really onto something, and then it faded. I couldn't figure out why it was. And I cast around for a lot of different reasons. But now, as I say, decades on, we now have the benefit of hindsight.

And it's like, oh, I understand what was going on. So at the time I was developing my algorithms and doing the actual data analysis, I was totally pig ignorant of the WEF and what they were doing. I wasn't paying any attention to the social order. In any event, I'm isolated. I've got my head down in tech under the best of circumstances.

I had some interest in markets and this kind of thing, but again, from a tech viewpoint, I wasn't really interested in the greater social movements at large within the society at that time. So I was basically blindsided, right? I didn't know the WEF was out there doing these things. The WEF was out there deliberately polluting language relative to earth changes that we might get to this point where they're global climate cris, and after having gone through the global warming, ice ages, the peak oil, all of these various different kinds of languages were a deliberate propaganda attempt to influence the body politic, influence the normies. And it did.

It had a great influence on the normies and all the French people. And so they were always popping up with all these earth changes things, right? Everything from Michael Scallion all the way through to anybody that was predicting all of this stuff, right? And a lot of guys had early hits up until about maybe 2003, 2005, something like that. And then everything really started getting bad relative to their the psychic's ability to pull stuff out of the manifesting.

Stew the spew that is our future ahead of those events coming in, they were really accurate up to a certain point. And that everything goes to hell. And it's in my opinion, it's because of the influence of the WEF at that point and how they had to seriously ramp everything up to get to the point where we're at now. And so I had already pegged 2005 as being a year in which I thought I saw manifestations within the Khazarians that they started to freak out, that there was something going on that was driving them to a level that had not been seen in my lifetime. I sort of was aware of them, sort of monitored them.

I didn't know they were active in the sense of I had never been one of those people that knew all the names of all the organizations and all the 13 families and all of the 300 families in this committee and all of that. Right. I just didn't really give a rat's ass about the nature of my enemy at that detail level because I didn't envision that it would become necessary for me to go and hunt the buggers down, that kind of thing. It was information I just didn't need to know that didn't influence my thinking. I had a very much higher level view of it and I could monitor things at that higher level, but in doing so and monitoring things at that higher level.

As I was working on my own stuff, I missed the fact that the Khazarians had become active through all of their organizations in this huge attempt to shift the social order globally. And because it was so low level, it was operating at a level that it influenced my process because all the information they were putting out in their effort to do climate, for instance, okay, so imagine what they had to go through. There's a whole cadre right now. They needed a layer of academia that was graduate and could be an expert in what they call climate science such that these people in academia could stand up as experts for the normies, to influence the normies. So they knew this.

So the WEF knew they needed this whole group of climate scientists now that are not really scientists. These are pseudoscience people that are only coming from the leftist proposition that the climate is out to kill everybody, right? Or that humanity is out to kill Earth. Neither of these propositions are true but they're coming only from this basis that we are the cause of the problem. So they have this inherent bent.

In order for these climate scientists who are now in their twenty s, thirty s and forty s to be here, the WEF had to start even earlier. So they had to start 20, 30, 40 years ago on this stuff and in fact they had to inculcate two previous generations in order to be able to graduate this class of climate scientists that have fueled the climate extremists of this point. Now, so if we look, they've been operating this proposition that climate is the ultimate evil or humans are the ultimate evil relative to climate and we must have munchausens by proxy and protect baby planet Earth from all the evil human doings. In order for that to occur, they had to have been working this in the 1950s.

So no wonder I was picking up erroneous information because it was all part of their scam. None of it was a factual representation, none of it was organic. Understanding of the body politic from which I was seeking prescient language, leaking out, all of that was engineered unwittingly and unknowingly on those people by the way, in which the mother Wefers were changing the language even back 40 and 50 and 60 years ago that they may arrive to this point today. So anyway, I'm interested in how my stuff fucked up. So this is sort of a Maya culpa.

I was guilty, right? I didn't see this. This has happened. I was trying to tune my software around the fact that not only was my summation of stuff being altered by the WEF but the data sources were being altered by the WEF in ways I did not understand by the Kazareans, right? And actually in this case probably in the last 20 years, very much so by the WEF as an actual organization, which is cool to see, they're going downhill greatly and all these organizations are failing, et cetera, as we move forward here.

This is all very gratifying, but now it makes sense as to why some of the accuracy in the early days and then everything failed so miserably as we enter into a period of like 2005 onward. And that's because that was when everything really ramped up relative to the Khazarians and their attempt to force us to this point here.

Anyway, so insofar as Altar reports and Earth changes and stuff, we've gone back, my guy, I, Gore and myself, there were a few instances where I really wanted to know, okay, and so I went back and I reran all the existing data sets at that time off of the Fukushima incident, right? And Fukushima was predicted. It happened. It was a global coastal event, but it's a global coastal event that's 120 years in the making because it could take that long for Fukushima to affect all the coasts. But at that same day we had an earthquake up here that caused bridge damage, that caused trucks to be held up, that caused cities to be isolated, all of this kind of stuff, although it was reasonably minor.

So under the circumstances, it didn't meet the emotional parameters of the intensity that had been projected and now scrubbing that for Weft language, I would not have made that prediction the way I did. It would have been basically a non event. I don't even know that it would have risen to the point that I would have included it in any of the report. So there's that aspect of it. So I suspect that this is true of everybody out there saying that, oh, there's going to be this giant catastrophe, this giant set of changes, it's going to kill most of the planet.

All of that. I suspect all of that information going back 60 plus years in my mind right now is polluted and deliberately so, because it takes so long to shift perceptions this way and cause these effects that the mother Wefers are desirous of. And they've been working at it this long. So in any event, so no, I don't think I know there's no like Naipiru and and you know, there's not going to be any Planet X and all of this sort of crud, right? This is all engineered bullshit coming from the Wefers deliberately because they put out a lot of these ideas, but also tangentially, because the ideas infect the thinking of those people that think themselves to be psychic and are relying on their minds not to be polluted and not to trick them.

Okay? So a lot of these psychic guys, they don't have process, they just have feelings, okay? And so they would have a feeling about something and it's, oh, I got this feeling about something. Well, that feeling has been engineered, dude, just like it was an engineered reaction in my data, and I was unaware of the engineering going on. And so I kept trying to tune it out, kept trying to figure out what was happening to the timing and stuff.

Eventually, I did get to the point where I understood, oh, and this was like I say about 2008, maybe censorship really ramped up. And I thought, oh shit, that's what I'm dealing with. And so it was sort of a miss application, a missed target, because it was not really the censorship in 2008 that was causing my problems. Me thinking that that censorship had been rolling out since, like, 2005 in a serious way and affecting the data sets. But it was rather that my data sets were polluted before I began my very first run.

That unbeknownst to me, the WEF had infiltrated the school system. They had decided back probably 45 years or more that it was going to be baby planet Earth as the target of the munchausens by proxy in order to get the normies to conform and kill themselves to save the poor baby planet Earth for some reason anyway. So just a quick little discussion about that aspect of the process, and maybe I'll get into some of the other stuff I've learned as a result of going through the Weft's language. Now, at some other point, but I got to go in and do greenhouse chores. The dog and the bugs are saying, get your ass to work.

Okay, talk to you guys later. Bye.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.

Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.

El of a situation – 06-29-2023

El of a situation - 06-29-2023

El of a situation - 06-29-2023

Episode Summary:

the text discusses the growing interest and changes in language concerning space aliens and UFOs, with senators now actively participating in the dialogue. A notable development mentioned is Avi Loeb retrieving small spheroidal fragments from an interstellar object over New Zealand, which some believe to be parts of an artificial device. The text then delves into an analysis of data sets that have been collected since 1997, which are claimed to have presciently predicted various global trends including the decline of fiat currency, changes in central banking systems, and shifts in control structures. These data sets are divided into immediacy data, midterm data, and long-term data based on their temporal relevance and have been found to interrelate with descriptor sets. A significant revelation predicted by these data sets is the government’s release of information regarding UFOs, which is expected to occur amidst other events like food riots. The text ends by highlighting the anticipation and skepticism of the public in response to these disclosures, with an overall positive outlook on the revelations despite expected government and media manipulations.

The text discusses the disclosure and manipulation of information by the control system, often referred to as the "deep state," and how this has changed with the advent of the internet. Prior to the internet, the control system could easily suppress or manipulate information without facing consequences. However, with the internet, information, especially about UFOs and alleged deep state activities, has become more accessible, and people are becoming more skeptical of the mainstream narrative.

The text also addresses how the language and discourse have been deliberately corrupted to serve specific agendas. The author suggests that this has been particularly prominent in the case of climate change, where he believes that the narrative has been manipulated to create panic and control the masses. He points out that this manipulation has been so pervasive that even those who are genuinely knowledgeable or have intuitive abilities are misled.

Furthermore, the text delves into historical information, particularly concerning UFOs and extraterrestrial encounters recorded in ancient texts like the Torah, Greek history, and the Vedas. The author asserts that these ancient records are more reliable because they were created before the modern manipulative influences of the control system.

In essence, the text discusses the evolving nature of information control, the deliberate corruption of language and narrative for specific agendas, and the reliability of ancient texts as sources of historical information, in contrast to manipulated modern narratives.

The text discusses a speculative narrative about the Khazarians, who are portrayed as a relatively recent group influenced by an entity referred to as "the EL". The EL, according to the narrative, originated from northern India and migrated to what is known as Khazaria (present-day Ukraine) after a conflict or power struggle. The text suggests that the EL engaged in genetic manipulation with the Khazarians and later with the twelve tribes in Judea.

The Khazarians are depicted as wanting to link themselves with ancient history, despite not having any genetic connection to the people mentioned in the Bible. The text mentions that this year may witness a breakdown in the Khazarians' control over information, especially regarding UFOs.

Furthermore, the text raises concerns about the concealment of true human history by various institutions, which has led to a distorted view of the development of species on Earth. The text argues that if the hidden information were available, certain theories, such as Darwin’s theory of evolution, would have been challenged. It references the existence of various hominid types and hints at extraterrestrial intervention in human genetics.

The narrative additionally suggests that our current societal structures, including the hierarchical system, might be remnants of organizational structures imposed on humans by extraterrestrial entities. The text also introduces the concept of the EL believing in six genders, created through chemical manipulation, and highlights that this belief was passed on to the groups they interacted with.

The text discusses a speculative theory about the influence of a group called the EL on human history and society. The EL are believed to have introduced patriarchy and certain rituals, such as circumcision, to the human species. The author suggests that the EL treated humans like cattle, harvesting them for resources and creating a control class to maintain dominion over humanity. The text implies that the EL had advanced knowledge but were not adept at creating, and used CRISPR technology for genetic modification. The author also discusses a theory about a historical event approximately 12,000 years ago, which is believed to be an act of war that led to a series of natural disasters due to the removal of a landmass connecting South America and Antarctica. This act is said to have altered global climate patterns and contributed to subsequent catastrophes. The text concludes by forecasting an exciting and turbulent period ahead, with the breakdown of long-standing control structures, and hints at involvement of space aliens and UFOs. It encourages people to be prepared and look forward to revelations and changes. Note that the theories presented in the text are speculative and not based on established historical or scientific evidence.

#greenhouse #weeding #coffee #machine #languageprocessing #spacealiens #UFOs #senators #AviLoeb #spheroids #interstellar #explosion #device #datasets #centralbanking #KhazarianMafia #disclosure #timing #foodriots #shortages #controlstructure #banking #fiatcurrency #congress #whistleblowers #emotions #censorship #media #manipulation #disclosure #internet #awakening #information #deepstate #movies #socialorder #narrative #dollar #confidence #mainstreammedia #authority #dataanalysis #languagecorruption #earthdisasters #climatechange #socialconsciousness #naturaldisasters #psychic #historical #Torah #Sanskrit #Vedas #rabbinical #BronzeAge #lineage #genetics #tribes #ancienthistory #mafia #caliyuga #Freemasons #Smithsonian #Darwin #homocapensis #giants #cyclops #genesplicing #CRISPR #mentalcontrol #academic #coneheads #psychicabilities #authoritarian #patriarchy #pharaohs #pyramid #Elohim #chemicalmanipulation #breeding #civilization #galactic #energy #harvesting #geneediting #climate #history #landmass #Antarctica #icesheets #war #meteors #weapons #floods #academia #debunking #government #nutrition #controlstructures #aliens

Episode: El of a situation - 06-29-2023

Hello humans. Hello humans. Hopefully this will work.

Second go at this same subject here. It's the 29 June and it's probably around ten something. I'm out in the greenhouse doing weeding and having a bit of coffee while awaiting some stuff to get done and processing on a machine in the house. Anyway, it takes about an hour, but I thought to go over some of this stuff about the intriguing changes in the landscape of language around space aliens and UFOs and all of that crud, right? Senators now getting in the act, people all getting whipped up, space aliens all around.

Avi Loeb has retrieved little tiny spheroids from an interstellar object that blew itself to shit over, I think it was New Zealand.

They were spheroids and other chunks, some of which look like they are actually not melted bits of metal, but metal that was blown out in an explosion and came out like a flake, right? As though it had been a small chunk of a wall or something, right? A segment of an already fabricated device. Anyway, so there's some things to go over on the whole space alien business. All right?

So going all the way back to 1997, in the very first run I did, there was information that tied together three very large sets. These very, very large sets have been prescient and have been percolating and getting filled and fulfilling themselves and then getting refilled over time. Since that point in 97, these three sets involved what we could say is the death of fiat currency, the death of the central banking system taking over the planet, and the death of the control structure of the Khazarean mafia and the disclosure movement, okay? And so these three large sets would intermingle at various different levels over time and that would change, but they were always cojoined, all right? So there was always this triumphant of these three sets that repeatedly showed up.

And I knew it was not an artifact of my programming because I did things to analyze that, to check that the data was actually there, and it was. And in fact, they turned out to be quite prescient indeed. Albeit my timing clues were screwy on all this long distance stuff, right? So I basically was very good with immediacy data, reasonably good with both the midterm and long term. But my long term data had an essential flaw in it because the range was so big.

The range started at about 19 months out from the time of the data gathering and as far as I could tell, would sometimes run maybe centuries. Right. There was no determinative limit on the emotions involved the way there was with both the immediacy data and the near term or midterm data. Right? So I had data sets that were showing up that would be effective before I could even hardly interpret them.

So really, immediacy data, right? I would catch the wave just minutes before cresting, sometimes in terms of how the data was gathered. And I finally got around to looking at it and the Immediacy data ran from right then, but usually was affected. The only thing I really tried to put into the reports was stuff that would be effective from about three days out after the publication of the date of the report because it would take me sometimes almost a month to put these reports together. They're very large.

Anyway, so we had the Immediacy data, so basically three days out to the end of the third week. And then we would have midterm data which would go from that point from about the end of the third week, so the beginning of the fourth week, all the way out to the 19th month. And it would shade in the end there and sort of fade out in terms of its actual prescient value. And then we would have the long term data, which was 19 months out, whoever knows how long based on the subject in any event though, so now the timing clues aside, these three data sets were very prescient and they were long term and they continually yielded advanced notice of major trends developing. And one thing that was really key about all of these data sets was that they were interrelated.

And the Descriptor sets for those interrelationships turned out to be very tightly bound and very prescient indeed.

So the sets that would produce a descriptor of a period of time in which we would have food riots or in discourse around food shortages and all of this, such as we're in now, as well as the UFO information popping up, such as we're in now, and the food shortages, by the way, goes to the control structure. And then the discussion about the poor money bidenflation, all of that, right? The whole central banks crapping out, the CBDCs, et cetera, et cetera. All that about the banking industry and about the death of Fiat. So we have all three of these cojoined.

And then we had this Descriptor set that was very clear that a lot of this shit was going to come to a head in an interlinked fashion within these sets, but it would be dominated by disclosure information, UFOs, aliens, all of that. And it would happen in summer and that it would, as we see now, it's already begun. We've had these hearings and so forth this year they've built up to the point that we're going to have congressional and Senatorial hearings over summer. We now have Senators involved in saying, yeah, the whistleblowers ain't blowing smoke up your ass, it's legit. And we have all this new information coming out right?

And so that's in line with the data sets and the Descriptors that I had had. The Descriptors talked about a massive release of disclosure information in a way that government would not find pleasing or palatable. Of course, government is not a monolithic entity and there's going to be millions of opinions within government because there's tens of millions of people working there. But nonetheless, the data sets gave an impression of irritated officialdom over a release that came coincident from or coincident with food rioting at the end of summer in August and that would be originating from or involving Delaware and Maryland in this little area where the states are all jammed up in there near DC. Right, and some kind of federal buildings there.

And so the Descriptor sets are continuing to provide emotional values even through the censorship and stuff now. And of course now we have the actual developing boots on the ground kind of manifestation of all of these sets. So it becomes easier to see the connections between these things in our current temporal environment, right, in these months. It's like if nobody had been speaking about the UFO stuff at all and it just popped up in August and we were blindsided by it, we would not have the same level of emotional tension value build as is indicated by the data had been indicated by the data for well over a decade and is currently seeming to manifest. Right.

So my expectation is that we'll get more and more whipped up as we go along about the I want to say, okay, so everybody's going to get whipped up about the words coming out, about the language and so on. But a lot of people will see through the manipulation, the media, et cetera. And they will see that there is indeed value coming out in the form of an actual kind of a disclosure, in spite of all of the games that everybody's going to be playing with it and all of the filters. Everybody's going to be putting on it in terms of official dome and all of the various different kinds of language to make you think of it one way as opposed to another, et cetera, et cetera. There will be an overall underlying manifestation of a reality here that in the end or not in the end, but in all ways it's going to be positive for us.

It had always marked this disclosure. It always marked basically the end of the control system being able to exert its influence both 100% and 100% of the time as well as without retribution from people having it imposed on them, right? So prior to the internet, prior to today's age, prior to this great awakening, they could say any fucking shit they wanted. If you objected, they would always find as a local guy trying to deal with your newspapers, et cetera, and the limited ability to disseminate information, they would always be able to find some way to come and stomp you into the ground and eliminate you and thus you would become a blip, right? And so many of the blips we see in today's internet history of UFOs and stuff were people that were actually subjected to the heavy hand of the deep state and made to disappear from history through obscuration through obfuscation.

And through being their stories being distorted or elements of it removed and then put into dilution phase which is to be included in the movies and stuff. Right? So that everybody says, oh yeah, I've heard that before, it was in this movie, right? Well, it was in that movie because it actually happened, that sort of thing. And they needed to dilute the information so that for their own purposes anyway.

So we're going to have a ton of that kind of stuff going along with this disclosure moment that we're coming into. The effects of this, though, should also be appreciated that it's going to be commensurate with this overall, um hiatus of progress. All right? Okay. So it's not that we've really degraded so much as that we've really stopped making any progress in our social order over the last hundred years that the Kazareans have controlled us and especially over like the last 50 years of intense domination of the narrative.

In any event though, so that's going to be bust open by all of the activity within the UFO stuff as well as the dollar degrading. All of which is going to lead to this total lack of confidence on the part of the normies, and probably to a great degree, is already there within the ability of the mainstream media and quote, authority to be able to make pronouncements and statements that stick. They just don't anymore. Their lifespan can be measured in mere minutes before they're debunked or set upon by community notes and this kind of thing. So we now have come into this particular part of our planet where we have a new appreciation for the weighting of opinion, right?

And so I know from my data analysis that my own work over 20 plus years was being polluted in a way that I was not aware of at the time it was happening. And this was relative to disasters, earth disasters, right? And that this pollution was creeping in from the deliberate corruption of the language and the discourse of the social order around the idea of Earth disasters in order that they could promote the climate change stuff, right? And so they started way back in the have been working it ever since. And they've been working this whole idea that there's a giant, giant disaster level.

They're trying to build this within the social order such that we get to the point where we're at now with all the climate crazies willing to damage their bodies in order to somehow save the planet through their own egoistically motivated idea of themselves, an image of themselves as the last social or planetary warrior or something right against evil humanity. So these are people are deluded and their minds have been fucked over. But this has been a deliberate attempt, ongoing since the 50s. My data sets did not appreciate that, nor did I in terms of being able to screen it out. And so I picked up on a lot of natural disaster stuff that was never going to manifest, but was nonetheless a descriptor set with a building level of attention of emotional tension around it and supporting it, okay?

So they've been doing this for a long time and they're good at it and it has seeped way down into our social consciousness and it's in all the movies, et cetera, et cetera, et cetera. So it influences all of our discussion and language. So I know that those people that are out there in the fringe world, in the wu world, who are saying, oh, we've got a giant natural disaster coming, or there's going to be this kind of a natural disaster, or there's a whole solar flash, or there's giant solar flares headed our way, or the Elite think that we're all going to be scrubbed off the planet by 2030. That's why they don't give a shit about XYZ stuff, right? That's why they don't care anymore about letting you know they're a pedophile, they want to live their last days openly as a pedophile, that kind of thing, right, in this hedonistic orgy before they go out in this giant solar flash.

Well, these people are being influenced by the powers that be, by the Kazarean mafia, by their pollution of the language favoring climate crises at levels that the fringe people are not able to filter out and become prescient about and even are not even aware of affecting their own thinking. So it's affecting everybody, though, because it's so pervasive in the movies and all this kind of thing, it percolates up into the woo people. So those people that are woo people and psychic legitimately so, are being steered wrong by the giant psychic collective that's being manipulated by the Kazarean mafia through the corporate synagogue of mainstream media, okay?

So I know these people that are saying that many of them are quite legit in their information, their impressions, et cetera, but they're wrong. And they're wrong because they're not aware that the underlying support for their particular position is being manipulated.

Excuse me, pollen out here.

Anyway, so humans are OD that way, right? Frequently we're not self examining and we don't have processes or method around stuff, right? We sort of try to get to it, but frequently we miss. In any event, though, so the elite, the Kazarean mafia, the mother, Wefers are the source filters for all kinds of shit. So I don't accept this is why I'm so hung up on historical information relating to UFOs, right, stuff, especially stuff that in some way predates the ability of the Khazarean mafia to have manipulated it at a source level.

So I accept a lot of the stuff at face value in the Torah if it's written in Hebrew and if it's translated word for word because you won't find the word God, it's not a religious text, et cetera, et cetera, right? It's a description of dealing with these mean motherfucking space aliens called the EL, and I appreciate that same thing in the Greek histories of their interaction with the gods in other cultures, interaction with the gods. And we frequently find this, and it's also in Sanskrit, it's in the Vedas, these descriptions of interacting with these beings, right? And their capriciousness, their murderous intent, all the things they did, et cetera. And So I take those as Face Value, because the Caesarean Mafia, however much it may be, manipulating them now by Trying, for Instance, to Restrict Access to The Talmud, to only People that understand Hebrew and have been through.

Rabbinical mind control schools in order that they would read it a particular way and not actually read it at face value and get another understanding. So they've done that for the last thousand plus years, but prior to that there was no organized Kazarean mafia. Now the Khazareans, okay, they don't predate the last Bronze Age. So the descending Bronze Age, the descending Dwapara yuga, 6000 years back, is where the Judeans come from, where they come in, the Khazarians are much more recent than that. So they needed to have a lineage that would allow them some level of leverage, so to speak, in all of this.

But the Khazarians are relatively recent and they stem from the EL mucking about with them as a result of some other stuff going on. And then the EL being kicked out of India, that was really what caused this was some kind of a schism or a factional power dispute or a full on war. But in any event, the EL left northern India, where we have all kinds of records of them being and then went to what we now think of as Khazaria or the Ukraine, and then eventually the remnants of the el that survived that last battle there with Khazarians where they'd taken over the Khazarians and had a GANZ there to do their genetic manipulation. Those EL that survived that battle with whoever they were fighting, we don't know the name or any of that, they went down and took over the twelve tribes in Judea and started another GANZ and started manipulating there. But basically the Khazarians are a recent invention that needed to tie themselves to this ancient history.

And they did have a legit reason, the mafia part anyway, of trying to tie themselves to that history because they were also a tribe that was captured and abused by the EL, although these people have no genetic connection to any of the people from the Bible. Okay, in any event, though, so I like all of those books and I appreciate their description of the planet much more than what we get through any of the Khazarian filters. And we will see soon, starting this year, this total breakdown of the ability of the Khazarians to control information, especially about the UFO issue. Now the UFO issue is coming out on its own. There's pressures against the officialdom on the UFO and the technology, et cetera, independent of whatever the hell the Khazarians may want to do.

There are timing things that they just cannot control, such as where we are in this particular Kaliyuga and so on. And so it's gratifying for me to see this particular summer develop as it is developing with this conjunction of the UFO language and the outing of the Khazarian Mafia control structure, the deep state and the destruction of the Fiat currency all rolled up into one, as had been forecast by the data sets. It's like, okay, this is pretty cool now, okay, so other aspects of this stuff that's going to come on out is going to be this huge confusion about our history and what the hell happened on this planet after the invasion that was 12,000 years ago, which we can get into some other point here. Our history is polluted with hidden aspects. Where the Freemasons and all these people destroyed vast quantities smithsonian Institute all of these kind of guys vast quantities of physical material that would provide us with a real good view of the progression of species here.

And would have blown Darwin out of the water and we never would have fucked with him and he never would have had any kind of academic following. Darwin doesn't explain the Homo capensis. It doesn't explain, I think, over 140 kinds of hominids, including giants and cyclops and also miniature cyclops. That'd be a little freaky to see a three foot human with a single eye anyway. So we as humans have no ability to do gene splicing.

Okay? And that's false idea. We have a tool called CRISPR whose whole function is to burn out gene sequences and fuse together the gene connections behind them so that the DNA appears to have been whole without that gene being there. This is what our genetic structure looks like. As though we've had a series of genes burned out, right?

A series of chromosomes, a chromosomatic line taken out of our DNA. I refer to them as genes because there's real dispute as to what actually forms chromosomes. Where it starts, where it stops. If the telomeres are in fact an indicator of the end of a chromosome, this seems unlikely since there's at least two other kinds of telomeres that appear at both at the beginning and at the middle, sometimes near the middle of these structures that have been labeled as chromosomes. But it just doesn't matter, right?

It's a gene array and they just CRISPR eliminates them. We can't put any in. So we have one less than all the other primates. So we have 23 and they have 24, that kind of thing, right? Okay.

So our history is going to come on out and show as a result of the UFOs that we have not been told the real deal. I'm of the opinion that a lot of this is going to shake loose the mental control that's really held over the progressive community, right. All those people that are dominated by the progressive and that's we're whittling those down over time, but I think this will bust them loose when the total underpinning of their academic world is removed from them and we find out that all this other shit is actually very factual and very true. In any event, they will try and use things like emulation in order to say that, oh, well, no, there were never any cone heads ruling over humans. That that was just humans that had the idea they could be smarter if they smushed their kids heads into this particular shape.

That's not true. This is one of the emulation effects of dealing with these gods. Okay? Who made the homo capensis, the cone heads in order to rule over us? Who had they had a slightly they had a larger head, a very much more larger, advanced brain that didn't necessarily make them any smarter, any more intelligent.

They didn't have any better math skills, necessarily, or any of that, but they did have psychic abilities that we don't, some of which include the ability to control other people. Hang on a second.

Okay, back again. All right, so about the emulation thing. So they would say that humans who were trying to emulate the ruling classes installed by the space aliens and also the space aliens themselves, altering the bodies of their children by tying their heads to boards and all of this kind of thing to get skull elongation was just something that humans did. They deny the emulation aspect of it. But emulation is why we have basically everything we have the way we have it now.

Because the control structure, the authoritarian top down, pyramid structure, what militant feminism and militant progressivism defines as the patriarchy, is, in fact, a remnant of how the space aliens were organized and their imposition of that organization structure on the humans that they enslaved. So the pharaohs of the tribal leaders of the Yemeni tribes that were taken over by the EL and then driven north in this horrific forced march which killed probably over half of the population of the people that would ultimately become the Judeans. They did not have a pyramidal control structure until the EL took them over and enforced it. And the EL had one top dog EL, and then all the way down various different other categories. And the EL are the reason we have trans at this moment and why it's surfacing.

The EL insisted to their and they had demonstrable proof, but they insisted to their captives, both the Khazarians and the Judeans, that there were six genders between breeding male and breeding female. And they had these six genders within the Elohim, within the multiplicity of the EL and the EL. If you go and read all the literature and then also read the commentaries, which is what the talmud is about the literature and the ancillary discussion material.

We can leave out the idea of the oral tradition for a Torah. Okay? Not get into that at the moment, but just if you go read the written literature, you see that the EL themselves had these six genders between male and female and that they created the genders which were really quasi sexes. They created them by manipulation of chemicals in the womb of breeding females. And the EL had a very low opinion of women in their own species, right?

The EL were the patriarchy. They were the ones that insisted that there was this division in more than just breeding capacity within the species and that in their species anyway, women had this much reduced role and potential for it. This was not native to humans at that time. And the native tribes that these guys took over anyway, though. So we emulate them not only in smooshing our heads to boards, trying to make our kids look like the ruling elite and doing other things.

Okay? So the EL were the ones that introduced circumcision, and they insisted on it within the tribes they took over for a couple of different reasons, for a lot of reasons actually on their own part, mostly having to do with this sensor array that is in that skin. But nonetheless, it was ritualized as a covenant and a sacrifice and so on. Now, this was the way that they needed to think about it in the Kaliyuga, because during that period of time, it's all about sacrifice. That's when we had the horrific human sacrifices going on to serve the EL in Mesoamerica.

Okay? So the EL take over the Judeans and they also conquered Mesoamerica and what we think of as Panama north up in through New Mexico, and they had a fairly good hold on that civilization and then up into the Kaliyuga. The EL, in my opinion this is just my speculation got to the point where they were so deprived of galactic center energy that they had to up the rate at which they consumed concentrated versions of it in the form of extracts from humans. So bear in mind the word goy means cattle, okay? It means herd beast.

It actually means beast with implication of a herd beast. And we apply it to mean cattle or cow. That's what the word goy means. All non Jews are goyim, right? Goyim.

Many cows. And this again comes down from the EL. The EL treated humans as their herds, and they harvested us, and they had blowback from the native humans that they conquered about this whole harvest process. And so they decided this is my supposition they decided that they would bring in and create these controller classes, which they did, who didn't have problems harvesting us for their masters. And the EL, they were much more akin to them.

They had theoretically more DNA close to the EL, although I dispute that but in any event, I'm of the opinion the EL were not that good at creating. They used a CRISPR technology and did burnouts that. They didn't do insertions, okay? They didn't do gene, new DNA, new chromosome creation. They just removed and sort of accepted the consequences.

And that's why we have so many failed forms of hominids is because they had so many. Because it's not a very good process. In any event, though, so the EL harvest us for adrenochrome and we have all of these same kinds of behavior as was imposed on us by the yellow heme in this last period of time. Now, getting back to the guys who are doomsaying here about the climate or natural disasters, okay, that's a blow off from the Khazari and Mafia trying to create their climate crises. Shit.

But there's also an aspect in there of the Khazarian Mafia providing overlays to natural, to our real history such that we would find our real history to be obscured. So we have not had repeated natural disasters every 12,000 years or every 6000 years. That's not true. It has not happened that way. 12,000 years ago, we were attacked and a landmass was removed that separated the southern part of South America from Antarctica, okay?

That provided a bridge that denied the 40 degree latitude winds, the Roaring Forty s, the ability to circumnavigate the South Pole. Once that happened, the circumnavigation started. The wind started into a giant funnel, basically and started sucking in cold from space and denying the ability to transmit heat out of the Antarctic region prior to that period of time, prior to the removal of that island, which was quite sizable, bigger than the island of Great Britain, probably, or close to it anyway. And the debris is still there. You can still see where it was done.

It was an act of war. It was done 12,000 some odd years ago when it happened. It created a series of at least 4000 years, but maybe longer, in which we had a whole grouping of natural disasters that resulted from this traumatic damage to the planet. Some of this included the melting of the great northern ice sheets which existed because that island conducted heat down the coast of South America to Antarctica and kept Antarctica ice free all year long. All right?

It was a tropical paradise down there, or semi tropical. And what happened was the removal of that allowed Antarctica to freeze and that heat no longer went south and therefore went north. And it encountered the ice sheets of the great ice sheets of the north and those were melted, okay? And then later on, during another aspect of that war, meteors were brought down or directed energy weapons which destroyed this great lake that existed. It destroyed a dam and set loose these floods that came from that ice sheet.

Again, as an act of war. This war was going on for some period of time here. On the planet in the last great SATA yuga. In the last golden age in the descending side of it. Okay?

Anyway, so the Khazerian Mafia and academia are going to have their comeuppance here pretty quick and we'll start finding out real history about how a lot of this shit happened. And thus a lot of these polluting memes within the Woo world will be dispelled, they'll be debunked and people will say, oh shit. There was no repeating catastrophe. It was a period of 6000 years in which this planet had disasters as a result of war, not because of any natural thing that was going to happen here. Most of the whole natural disaster stuff as we know, is Khazari and Mafia mindfuckery, right?

They're just full of psyops and that's basically all they do. Anyway, so I've got to get in and get some other chores done here. But we need to note this as we go forward through this very exciting summer, the very exciting summer of the breakdown of the dollar, the breakdown of the organizational structure of the patriarchy, the imposed space alien organization. Now also, think of what this implies, right? Our government thinks they're dealing with UFOs and on the other side of that UFO mystery, most of our government, most of these authoritarian people think there's an authority structure on the other side of it and maybe there ain't, in which case, what the fuck are they going to do and what does it mean for them anyway?

So it's going to be just horrifically exciting.

So we're going to go through four months, five months, six months, in which decades happen every damn week in terms of exciting things coming on out and all of this sort of thing. So get your nutrition straight now, people. Get your head on right and get everything you need ready, get your popcorn and get it all set to be popped and have a good supply of it because it's going to go on for probably the rest of this year and then the next few years maybe winding down. We've got about 60 years or over 100 years of control structures that are going to come unglued here and leave us standing in the middle of all of this debris to rebuild. So anyway, have fun.

It's going to be just a great time. Oh yeah, there's wars in space aliens and UFOs and all of that but hey, you wanted something to do anyway.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.

Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.